Home

2015 Sportage Owner`s Manual

1. Valve clearance 3 l 3 Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary A qualified technician should perform the operation Maintenance cccC o ccccc cceJCGo EHE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM i Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 At first inspect the drive belt at 96 000 km or 72 months Drive belts 4 after that inspect it 24 000 km or 24 months At first replace at 192 000 km or 120 months Engi lant 5 ngine comet after that replace every 48 000 km or 24 months Cooling system hoses amp connections l l l l l Manual transaxle fluid l Automatic transaxle fluid Brake clutch fluid Brake lines lines amp connections including booster Clutch amp brake pedal free play l l l if equipped 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excess
2. 4 97 Ts TEM ENE trunke a 4 24 ilo Antennas eem 4 130 OSL014004 cx c C ode tseeicesesed Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button 4 20 2 Outside rearview mirror control Switches oes cet nue STRUM 4 55 3 Central door lock switch 4 21 4 Power window lock button 4 31 5 Power window switches 4 28 6 Rear parking assist system OFF DU ttOns see E EE 4 79 7 Instrument panel illumination control switch 8 Active ECO button OMDBGIDUHODM EE 5 39 WOES OUR SUMO E 5 33 11 Steering wheel tilt control 4 42 12 Steering wheel 4 41 Euse Dor S 7 46 14 Hood release lever 4 32 is Seats eee erro 3 2 16 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 34 ISAVE MS te 4 99 4 110 OSL014001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Lighting controls Turn signals 4 86 2 Steering wheel audio controls 4 131 Sulnstrumelnelustenee tee eens 4 57 A one 4 44 5 Driver s front air bag EE oX6ruiserconttolsee m 5 43 7 Wiper Washer switch 4 90 8 ENGINE START STOP button 5 8 9 Passenger Air bag OFF indicator 3 50 TOPAudio eem 4 130 11 Hazard warning flasher 4 84 6 2 12 Climate control system 4 98 4 107 ilSMpowergoutlelm eres
3. Pairing a New Device Press the key Select SETUP CLOCK Phone gt Select Pair Phone Bluetoothe Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetoothe Wireless Technology Viewing Paired Phone List Press the T key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List 4 This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key gt Select TUP CLOCK Phone gt Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is dele
4. eeeeee eee 7 3 Owner s responsibility 0 cc eee eee ee 7 3 e Owner maintenance precautions 7 4 Owner maintenance eere 7 5 e Owner maintenance schedule 7 5 Normal maintenance schedule 7 7 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 12 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 14 Engine ol aa 55 Meere tees 7 17 Engine coolant 9 9 rh rer rees 7 19 Brake clutch id 6 63 0066 s06i6 er rr n 7 22 Washer fluid 9er e rh rees 7 23 Parking prake sc 0 er en 7 23 Air cleaner oosa ooe ooe ol sions ie cals runs ries 7 24 Climate control air filter Ls 7 25 Wiper bladesss 29999992 Ue ei Seis 7 26 Battery sce ense run gre Seer vane 7 29 Tires and wheels 5 eere rrt eese 7 32 MTE nahsgcoOODEUSUBODDODOHODBOUUOUDOUGOUO URS 7 32 e Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 32 e Checking tire inflation pressure 7 33 eXTipeirotation 55e UU 7 34 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 35 ssTireireplacement eere ure 7 37 evheelireplacement te eee sori Nee 7 37 eclireitractions e see oe Eea e ees 7 37 exlireemaintenanee 3 ert 7 37 e Tire sidewall labeling 2 5 ees 7 37 e Tire terminology and definitions 7 42 scAlliseasonutires nee eee ee ee ES 7 44 sisummer EINES eneee e NE EE E 7 43 S SNOW EESE eee aee E E US 7 44 Radial ply Hres e oenen
5. Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod f Please say a command after Additionally there are phone commands like ns beep BEEP Beep Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s ore Help x gt g manual Please say a command after the beep A More Help f Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Ending Voice Recognition You can also say a media source like USB My Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Music or iPod E BEEP Additionally there are phone commands like G BEEP Contacts Call History or Dial Number Contacts x amp You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call Skipping Prompt Messages Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds i while guidance message is being stated Shortly pressing the a _ABeep Beep end beep key under 0 8 seconds Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in
6. 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The immobilizer indicator amp 3 will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home procedure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this exam ple 2 turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 9 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input successfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home pro cedure you have to see an author ized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED OXMA043317 Remote keyless entry system operations D020101AAM EU Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the horn will beep once with the hazard warning lights blinking once However if any door or tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights will not operate But if al
7. Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected 8 EED Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off 3 Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 9 Radio Mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset E for5 seconds each K Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each K Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 10 Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 11 Displays menus for the current mode 3 amp iPod List Move to parent category 12 G TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPode My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right 3 When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menu
8. This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio sta tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area Features of your vehicle How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors such as AM reception the distance from the radio station FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta HOR tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area n JBM002 JBMO001 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehi cle may not be strong and clear quencies These long distance low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight In addition they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station A Mountains 4 jT OV BS JBM003 FM broadcast
9. This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position E With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Features of your vehicle Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the pas senger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment OSL040086 Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press A the switch for higher speed or push VV the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower OFF button See eee ee eee eee ee MEME ee ee ee ee ee eee EE EM E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEES MEME dE EE ENSE EE MEE MEE Cee eee eee Features of your vehicle OSL040087 Air
10. When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial discomfort in breath ing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists Safety features of your vehicle ee TS wh Ws C040903AEN Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passengers seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passen ger s seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child 1JBH3051 ry C041000AAM Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag
11. 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt amp or 7 position Features of your vehicle Operation Tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the 74 position 3 Set the air intake control to the out side air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the t
12. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty OYDDCO2005 D020300AHM Battery replacement A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for sever al years When replacement is neces sary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position is positioned battery 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement see an authorized Kia dealer to reprogram the transmitter The keyless entry system transmit ter is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery A die aio is di di iuh oh d du eu t Features of your vehicle NOTICE An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environme
13. EPS This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out after the engine is started This light also comes on when the EPS has some troubles If it comes on while driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia deal er Immobilizer indicator With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobilizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for approxi mately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few seconds to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start Stop Button with the smart key Also if the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink Features of your vehicle D150320
14. J Driving over 170 km h 100 mph K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance E EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AHM Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe con ditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required G050200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary G050300AUN Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer G050400AUN EU Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately G050600AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specif
15. Maintenance ETE G270303AAM Operating precautions for catalyt ic converters if equipped Do not operate the engine in con fined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Maintenance E Your vehicle is equipped with a cat alytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out o
16. Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stop ping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GB key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from Er will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset a for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency FM Changes by 200KHz AM Changes by 10KHz Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions D A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to Il keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broa
17. Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and select Disconnect button Deleting a Device Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the device you want to delete and select Delete button When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro ceed with the deleting process f a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen o 4 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings Se eee ee REEEHE HESSEN ERE ee eee eee EE ENEMIES E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEEMS eee eee ee Cee Cee ERE EE EE f you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data f you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data
18. Supplemental Restraint System SRS W7 147 Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer if The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position OKM039160L C040100AHM EU SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following components 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assem blies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM Rollover sensor 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Front anchor pre tensioner The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds a
19. Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen LU 4 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings e f you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data f you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel whi
20. erate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor rosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good con dition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as Soon as possible Maintenance Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materials or chemi cals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care G230201BHM Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air freshener from contacti
21. tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The drivers primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle sys tems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used dur ing operation of the vehicle Pairing a New Device Press the key Select SETUP CLOCK Phone gt Select Pair Phone Bluetoothe Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetoothe Wireless Technology Viewing Paired Phone List Press the T key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List 4 This feature is used to view mobile phones that hav
22. 1 Adult Off Off Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system with On Off Deactivated 12 months old 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the oft system On Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passen ger seat the system may recognize him her as an adult depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blan ket front seat cover or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load or an Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash active electronic device on towards the front of the seat board the front passenger seat or seatback pocket OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or cen ter console passenger seatback front passenger seatback S Neva
23. ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned Do not pump your brakes Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle E070500AHM EU Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabi lize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions C1 Wunstdaclrnd Driving your vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic sys tem designed to help the driver main tain
24. Antennd v5 69 cosse sosse nes ee re e eM S 4 130 e Steering wheel audio control 4 131 Aux USB and iPod port LL 4 132 SIRIUS Satellite Radio information 4 156 Bluetooth Wireless Technology 4 166 Features of your vehicle KEYS D010100AUN Record your key number The key code num ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle Type A Type C Key operations Type A Used to start the engine Used to lock and unlock the doors Type B To unfold the key press the release button then the key will unfold auto matically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button CAUTION Do not fold the key without pressing the release button This may damage the key Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until OXMA043316 a click sound is heard D010200AAM ee ee ee ee ee MEME EMMGHEGasEE EE ee ee ee ee eee ESSE eee EE EE EE mE EE EE mq mm EE EE EE EE Features of your ve
25. CAUTION Seat belt guide Remove the seat belt from the guides before using If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing OED030300 C020200BHM EU Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre ten sioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions or rollovers The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated in certain frontal collisions as well as certain side impacts and rollover acci dents where the frontal collision or side collisions or rollovers is severe enough together with the air bags When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions or rollovers the pre tensioner will acti vate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passen ger s seat belt when the pre tension er activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt Co Wunetdanercd Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE The pre tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision or
26. Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule G051400AUN Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this section NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the vehicle is driven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Maintenance CAUTION Transaxle fluids The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle mal function and failure G051300AUN Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule G051500AUN Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Maintenance S G051600AAM Brake Clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification G051700AUN Parking brake Inspect the parking brake
27. Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flash light emergency flares sand shov el jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls blan ket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING E140000AFD If you are considering towing with your vehicle you should first check with your country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary the requirements for towing trailers cars or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorized Kia dealer for further details before towing CAUTION Trailer instal lation Follow instructions in this sec tion when pulling a trailer Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in han dling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equipment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before
28. Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgft 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk ampersand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Se eee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee EE EMEN EE ES EM E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEM eee eee ee mE MEE MEE Cee eee eee Features of your vehicle Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller While using voice command press ing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice com mand When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice com
29. Technology device the system will be restored Features of your vehicle After pairing is complete a con tacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confir mation upon receiving a download request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones users manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List 1 2 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority From the paired phone list select e Priority icon will be displayed when the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri f n highest priority then select Change ority phone What is Priority Priority button from the Menu The It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to Bluetooth Wireless Technology the highest priority devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List See eee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee IIIS ELT EIE III LI EL LI EI EET EE Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device
30. Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged peri ods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity e Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power out let These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunc tions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Features of your vehicle AP3 SL USA RADIO Q OSL040112 Digital clock if equipped k The actual feature may differ from the Whenever the battery terminals or illustration related fuses are disconnected you must reset the time Clothes hanger if equipped For details refer to the audio in the 5 end of this section A CAUTION Mee Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Features of your vehicle The following must be observed when installing ANY floormat to the vehicle Ensure that the floormats are securely attached to the vehicle s floormat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floormat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floormat anchors Do not stack floormats on top of one ano
31. gt Go to 192 page 2 If yu CANNOT find Audio Streaming menu gt Go to 147 page Features of your vehicle m CD Player AM1A0SLKN AM1A0SLAN AM170SLAN No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit 1 EES EJECT Ejects the disc 2 Changes to FM AM SIRIUS XM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS 3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned COn When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys IE to select the desired mode 3 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio K In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 Operates Phone Screen 3 When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed b PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right 6 Radio Mode Automatical
32. kg ou OSL054900N TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL 5 avant 2 ARRI RE 1 Kg OF gpg lbs 926 b SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES 420 COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SIZE DIMENSIONS 225 60R17 240kPa 35psi INFORMATION 225 60R17 240kPa 35psi T155 90D16 420kPa 60psi The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer kg ou TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES FRONT REAR s TOTAL 5 AVANT ARRI RE Kg OF gag bs 420 oL 22 ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S PRESSION DES MANUAL FOR SizE DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID ADDITIONAL OF 235 55R18 235kPa 34psi 235 55R18 235kPa 34psi T155 90D16 420kPa 60psi E150100AUN Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight E150101AAM Vehicle capacity weight 5 persons 420 kg 926 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equippe
33. lOSL081003N 3 The actual feature may differ from the illustration H04000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing w Index Index A Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 46 Air bag warning label llus 3 71 Air bag warning light 0 3 49 Curtaim ar bag isse Re ERREUR n 3 63 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 59 How does the air bag system operate 3 47 Occupant Detection System ODS 3 53 Side impact air bag 000000008 3 62 SRS Cates M 3 70 SRS components and functions 3 50 Alr cleaner 252212222229 OE Da ae eee eb 7 24 Appearance Care isses ender e CREE ERREUR 7 58 Exterior Care esse vote ion recie ea ee 7 58 Interior Cate ve eor ERE ORE ERI 7 63 Audio system l2eseeklee eee ee eee eee E 4 130 Antenna cee bs ds s ERGO Rada ra ERES 4 130 Aux USB and iPod port 4 132 Bluetooth Wireless Technology 4 166 SIRIUS Satellite Radio information 4 156 Steering wheel audio control 4 131 Automatic climate control system 4 107 Automatic transaxle 0 0 2c eee eee eee 5 15 Automatic transaxle operation 5 15 Back up warning system 00 4 79 Back up warning system 4 8
34. or 12 months is recommended Additives are avail able from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is available Introduction Uss VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS A090000AEN As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correct ly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics high er ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles In other words they are not designed for cor nering at the same speeds as con ventional 2 wheel drive vehicles Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu vers Again failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guidelines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS A030000AUN No special break in period is need ed By following a few simple precau tions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the perform ance economy and life of your vehi cle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per
35. support rod holder 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the ary latch 1 inside of the hood 4 Place the support rod end in the hood The hood should pop open Center and lift the hood 2 designated hole on the underside slightly of the hood to hold up the hood Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake Features of your vehicle D090200AAM Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the following All filler caps in the engine com partment must be correctly installed Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine com partment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm 1 ft above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID OSL040020 D100100AAM Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or
36. system To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again G270100AUN 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system G270200AUN 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere N uates EI Maintenance E G270201AUN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve G270202AHM Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control
37. tion This occurs when two gears engage In this case adjust the steer ing wheel again and then lock the steering wheel z OSL041250 Heated steering wheel if equipped With the ENGINE START STOP but ton in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approxi mately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If ignition is turned OFF then ON again within 30 miuntes of steering wheel heater being turned on the system will be automatically be set ON again Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Do not install aftermarket steering wheel grip to the steering wheel This may causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur OSL040026 D130500AUN Horn To sound the horn press the horn symbols on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steerin
38. 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fas tened or the vehicle speed decreas es below 5 km h 3 mph OSL030062N Seat belt warning for front passenger s seat As a reminder to the front passenger the front passenger s seat belt warn ing light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the igni tion switch ON regardless of belt fas tening If the passenger s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the pas senger s seat belt warning light will blink for at least 6 seconds until the belt is fastened Safety features of your vehicle C020102AAM EU Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull th
39. 4 123 14 Seat heater switch with air ventilation 3 12 i5 Shiftlever eS Oe Bes 16 Passenger s front air bag 3 52 Wife GIOVE DOK iene ET 4 119 18 Accelerator pedal 5 6 T9 Brake pedal cs ce ee 5 27 20 Parking brake pedal E29 3 The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OSL010002N Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT GDI engine Oen I i 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 21 22A is i 2 Engine oil filler cap 7 18 J aana a 7 d 3 am 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 22 4 Positive battery terminal 7 29 5 Negative battery terminal 7 29 M T GDI engine e s se boxc eem 7 46 T Amcleanop ere 7 24 exEnginejoilidipstickeee e 7 18 OnRadiatomcapmes ee ee 7 21 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 23 if equipped 3 The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OSL074101N OSL071001N B030000AUN C1 Safety features of your vehicle Tib oodendededhnh gue THE eds 3 2 erontseat ct IE 3 5 Rear seat esaeo e e e seio eio eise 3 15 Seabbelts c r E 3 22 Seat belt restraint system see sasae sss 3 22 Pre tensioner seat belt 52559 9999 3 31 Seat Delt precautions sieve 9 99 rers 3 33 oi Care Oteseat
40. 5 12 MITOS MC PCR 4 47 Inside rearview mirror 0 000 4 47 Outside rearview Mirror 0 0 0 eee eee eee 4 51 M Normal maintenance schedule 7 7 O Owner maintenance 0 0 0c eee eee eee 7 5 Owner maintenance schedule 7 5 P Panoramic sunroof 2 0 0 c eee eee eee 4 37 Parking brake 4 2 5 kaw eee REX REY 7 24 Rear camera display 00 000 e eee 4 83 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 6 Remote keyless entry llle 4 7 Battery replacement 000000 4 9 Remote keyless entry system operations 4 7 Transmitter precautions 0 000 4 8 Road warmng secet oce ero ela eee R Ud 6 2 Hazard warning flasher 00 6 2 S neat belts scuta sb wales re RUE PEE 3 22 Care of seat belts 2 osos esee 3 36 Pre tensioner seat belt 0 3 31 Seat belt precautions 004 3 33 Seat belt restraint system sisse sess 3 22 DD CI 3 2 Frontseat iicet bnio e ERREUR EORR APER 3 5 Rear Seat cese deren pepe eee ede 3 15 Smart Key MD 4 11 Battery replacement esses 4 15 Smart key functions slsles a 4 12 Smart key precautions 005 4 13 Special driving conditions 0 5 50 Driving at might 2 cesset v 5 53 I Index Driving in f
41. Se eee eee eee ee ee ee eee ISI LIII ILE EIE EIC LI CELL EIE EI ELLE Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key gt Set DRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song 3 Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set 3 Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song k Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the 9 TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song 3 Press RPT again to turn off Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key gt Set FRDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key gt Set S F RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder 3 Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD 3 Press A RDM again to turn o
42. The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to oper ate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock button which can block the oper ation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OLMO049021 D080101AUN Window opening and closing Type A The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Features of your vehicle OLM049022 D080102AAM Type B Auto down window Driver s window if equipped Pressing the power window switc
43. This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module C1 Wustdzc iid Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the E060101AAM brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION Transaxle Transaxle ranges Neutral to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your The indicator in the instrument clus gear transaxle do not accelerate the ter displays the shift lever position engine in R Reverse or any for when the ignition switch is in the ON ward gear position with the position brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in P Park motion Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre When stopped on an incline do not vents the drive wheels from rotating hold the vehicle with the engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake Shifting into P Park while the vehi cle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward A CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the veh
44. Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mounted controls 1 MUTE button Mute the micro phone during a call 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 E3 button Ends calls or cancels functions 5 button Activates voice recognition Check call history and making call Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller Q The most recently called number is redialed Features of your vehicl
45. air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehi cle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wear ing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle C040301AMG Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Devices Condition detected by the occupant detection PASSENGER AIR T Front passenger BAG OFF indicator SRS warning light System air bag light
46. and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious con sequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condi tion For
47. blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Se eee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee EE ME EN EE SEE ME EE E EE EDEN ENSE MEME eee eee mE eee Cee eee 1 Maintenance La OHM078063 2 Install the new blade assembly by 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out inserting the center part into the the wiper blade assembly slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly To prevent damage to the wiper arms
48. button 3 while pulling the headrest up 4 Safety features of your vehicle OSL034072 To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the recline lever or switch 3 3 Adjust the headrest to the appropri ate height HNF2041 1 Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps prevent the driver s and front passenger s heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries If there is any problem with the active headrest take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked BGnessmssmEE EE ES EOM ERE ee EAE ESSE MEM EE EE ME eee Coe EE EE EE EE Safety features of your vehicle e Each time you push the button the 3 NOTICE temperature setting of the seat wil With the seat heater switch in the change as follows ON position the heating system in X m the seat turns off or on automatical P4 gt HIGH ISR 5 indi i ly depending on the seat tempera ture The seat heater defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on C010107AUN Front seat heater if equipped Type A The seat heater is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passen
49. compact spare tire for tire rotation G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire bal ance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights N ufa tud ue ED Maintenance S Tread wear indicator OEN076053 G200600AHM EU Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tire size affects wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly G200601AUN Compact spare tire replacement A compac
50. conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OSL040088 OFF mode Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system However you can still oper ate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING For maximum defrosting set the temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost posi tion Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and all side windows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi ciency and to reduce the probabili ty of fogging up the inside of the windshield Features of your vehicle 3 E OSL040089 Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the lt or HY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the t position is selected air condition ing will also be selected automati cally If the air conditioning and or outside fresh air
51. conditions and increase the likelihood of accidents Use the phone fea ture after parking the vehicle A WARNING Antenna Do not touch the antenna dur ing thunder or lightening as such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock A WARNING Audio System Do not disassemble assemble or modify the audio system Such acts could result in fire or electric shock CAUTION Refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be hear as these signs may indicate product malfunction A WARNING Driver dis traction Operating the device while driv ing could lead to accidents due to a lack of attention to external surroundings Park the vehicle before attempting to set or pro gram the device Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to acci dents Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on A sud den output of extreme volume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device Features of your vehicle CAUTION f you want to change the posi tion of device installation please inquire with your place of purchase or service mainte nance center Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble the device Turn on the car ignit
52. data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of per sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview I eere 2 2 Exterior overview IL ee eee 2 3 Interior OVERVIEW ve eret ner eere eI eis 2 4 Instrument panel overview eee 2 5 Engine compartment se sesers esee sece nean 2 6 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I B Front il loodis eri 4 32 5 Outside rearview mirror 4 54 2u Headlamps ncaa etree caer eee ene 8 2 GU SUMO Te e e e SsEog lighibe a re 8 2 7 Wiper blade 4 Tires and wheels susssss TRPA AAT ONS roer n OSL012003N Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW II Bi Rear 9 Door eene 4 19 13 Rear wiper blade ees 7 26 dOSEuUelkfillerilidisese m e cers 4 34 14 Center high mounted stop light 8 2 11 Rear combination lamp 8 2 15 Rear window defroster
53. desired temperature NOTICE To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster but ton Fan speed control switch The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func tions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F Features of your vehicle NOTICE Never place anything over the sen sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heat ing and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob s other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob s selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating ve Cooling 7 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system OSL040081 Mode selection The mode selectio
54. hole 1 and turn the key to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 3 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked See eee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee Cee eee Features of your vehicle TAILGATE D070100AAM EE Opening the tailgate The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock Switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle Switch and then pulling the handle up Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail gate unlock button on the smart key is pressed if equipped Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate CAUTION Tailgete lift Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylin ders and attached ha
55. ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed OXM059029N Ignition switch position E030201AUN LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The igni tion key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC posi tion and turn the key toward the LOCK position E030202AHM ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right and left to release the tension E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge Scopes eee EE ES ESSSMDHED BEBE REMEMBER dese s See EE ARARA EE EE EE MEE EE EE EMEM EE AMS EE EMEN MENE SEM UEM ED EEEE E EE EE EE MEE mEmqdmmemE EE EE EE Driving your vehicle E030204APB The anti theft steering column lock is E040100AUN START not a substitute for the parking brake Starting the engine Turn the ignition switch to the START Before leaving the drivers seat position to start the engine The always make sure the shift lever is engine will crank until you release engaged in 1st gear for the man
56. ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condi tion C1 usta iE Driving your vehicle OSL050030L E090100AUN KM To set cruise control speed 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the sys tem on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph OSL050031L 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill OSL050032L E090200AAM EU To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle E090300AAM EU To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you
57. in opera tion ESC indicator light blinks e When the Electronic Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase E070502AUN EU ESC operation off ESC OFF state Lad ee OFF To cancel ESC operation State 1 Press the ESC OFF button shortly ESC OFF indicator light illumi nates At this state the engine con trol function does not operate In other words the traction control function does not operate but only the brake control function operates State 2 Press the ESC OFF button for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indicator light illuminates and ESC OFF warn ing chime will sound At this state the engine control function and brake control function does not operate In other words the vehicle stability con trol function does not operate any more If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK OFF position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again C1 Wunsntdzc indi Driving your vehicle E070504AAM EU E ESC indicator light A CAUTION ESC OFF usage Driving with varying tire or When driving oo wheel sizes may cause the ESC i a good idea to keep the ESC system to malfunc
58. in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using 79707 USB memory prod i ucts which can be used as key chains or a cellular phone acces sories as they could cause dam age to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products COEPERIT TEISESESESISI eee eee ELIT eee RAR RR ELEC Features of your vehicle USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models may not support communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod Touch 1st 4th genera tion iPod Nano 1st 6th genera tion iPod Classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be dif ferent from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate nor mally on low battery Continued Continued Some iPod devices such as the iPhones can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetoothe Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetoothe Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio sys tem To use iPode features within the audio use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPode device Skipping or impro
59. is sent device you want to connect and once to the mobile phone Some select Connect mobile phones may require confir Press the key gt Select mation upon receiving a download _ Phone gt Select Phone List request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones users manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections 1 2 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority From the paired phone list select Priority icon will be displayed when the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri highest priority then select Change ority phone What is Priority Priority button from the Menu The It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to Bluetooth Wireless Technology the highest priority devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key gt Select Press the key gt Select ceed with the deleting process Phone gt Select Phone List Phone Select Phone List e If a paired Bluetooth
60. lever downward also closes the sunroof To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide open all the way automatically To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever for ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OXM049029 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically it will reverse the direc tion and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all pas sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle OSL040024 Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sun roof open the roller blind refer to the following page for instructions on how to use the roller blind To open the sunroof push the sun roof control lever upward To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever downward or forward until the sunroof moves to the desired posi tion CAUTION Sunroof motor damage e Periodically remove any d
61. load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 635 kg 1400 Ibs and there will be five 68 kg 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 b x 68 295 kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle E i i Capacity z Capacity Capacity A B C C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 635 kg A Vehicle Capacity 635 kg A Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Weight 1400 Ibs Weight 1400 Ibs Weight 1400 Ibs E s oo 136 kg y ipo tem 340 kg z up cem 390 kg eight 300 Ibs eight 750 Ibs eight 860 Ibs 68 kg 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 78 kg 172 Ibs x 5 C Available Cargo and 499 kg C Available Cargo and 295 kg C Available Cargo and 245 kg Luggage weight 1100 Ibs Luggage weight 650 Ibs Luggage weight 540 Ibs Refer to yo
62. minute and AM PM Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD Y YYY Select Calendar Settings Set through 9 TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off gt Set Con Cott through 9 TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key gt Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instruc tions during voice command opera tion Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu comman
63. more than 6 1 6 gallons the average fuel con sumption will be cleared to zero W Type A m Type B OSL040205C OSL044205N Instant fuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary signifi cantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance avail able A di uio is ci ci iuh ob i is iib ie a Features of your vehicle m Type A m Type B Ayerage Speed B mex OSL040206C OSL044206N Average speed km h or MPH This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed or after the engine stops and 2 hours elapsed clears the average speed to zero W Type A W Type B OSL040207N OSL044207N Driv
64. must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 O EPE EE E E E What to do in an emergency F070301AUN EU Important use of compact spare tire Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80
65. must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The ring 1 located immediately below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R position if equipped Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rpm in the red zone CAUTION Downshifting Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or high er Such a downshifting may damage the engine During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri cant has warmed up This is nor mal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral position and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position Driving your vehicle CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traf fic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks E050101AUN Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then relea
66. nea E EE 7 44 LOW aspect ratio tire ece 9922 992 ss 7 45 Fuses 22 19 0 92 02 93 99099 91 EEE S 7 46 e Inner panel fuse replacement sees 7 47 e Engine compartment fuse replacement 7 49 e Fuse relay panel description 7 50 e Instrument panel fuse panel 0005 7 51 e Engine compartment fuse panel 7 52 Appearance care ee osse tette eis reis 7 58 eJExteriob cater esee me EU US 7 58 InteriOE Care 5 999599 E 9 9 259 7 63 Emission control system eee 7 65 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT GDI engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 4 Positive battery terminal 5 Negative battery terminal 6 Fuse box 7 Air cleaner 8 Engine oil dipstick 9 Radiator cap 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OSL074101N OSL071001N G010000AAM EU Maintenance ee MAINTENANCE SERVICES G020000AHM You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts con cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and
67. of child restraint systems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that chil dren always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restraint system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emer gency or automatic locking modes have the seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The auto matic locking function is intended
68. onds or if it illuminates while the vehi cle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer C020306AUN EU Seat belt precautions Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certify ing that it meets the Safety Standard of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this infor mation Refer to Child restraint system in this section C020301AHM Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion shoul
69. only after the lap belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snug ly around your hips if you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly When using the rear seat center belt you must lock all tongue plates and buckles D 1KMB3451 To unfasten the rear center belt 1 Press the release button on the buckle D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D OSL030063N 2 To retract the rear center seatbelt insert the tongue plate or similar small rigid device into the web release hole C Pull up on the seat belt web A and allow the webbing to retract automatically Se eee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee Cee eee Cee EE EE EE Safety features of your vehicle 1KMN3453 3 Insert the tongue plate into the hole on the belt assembly cover OSL030024 C020105AAM 3 The actual feature may differ from the illustration Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OLM039031 Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats After inserting the seat belt tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up Safety features of your vehicle
70. only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door han dle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime sounds for 3 seconds if any of the fol lowing occurs The smart key is in the vehicle The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position Any door except the tailgate is opened Features of your vehicle D040102AEN EU Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s outside door handle with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks the driver s door The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that the dri ver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all the doors and tail gate are unlocked Pressing the button of the front pas senger s outside door handle with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized i
71. or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade Maintenance BATTERY MTS N 1 OSL074105N G190100AAM For best battery service Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables A WARNING Risk of explosion Keep lit cigarettes and 89 all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains A hydrogen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark Keep batteries out of the GS reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila tion when working in an enclosed space De Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets
72. outgoing and missed calls is displayed Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not pos sible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 50 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History Features of your vehicle Contacts PHONE Press the Contacts key gt Select The list of saved phone book entries is displayed NOTE Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phone can be downloaded into the car contacts Contacts that have been downloaded to the car cannot be edited or deleted on the phone Mobile phone contacts are man aged separately for each paired Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 con tacts each Previously downloaded data is maintained even if the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device has been disconnected However the contacts and call his tory saved to the phone will be deleted if a paired phone is delet ed It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within
73. position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depress ing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 1 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver 3 Depress the lock release button 2 and move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately See ee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee Driving your vehicle E060103AHM Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the key also cannot be removed If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINE START STOP button the button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P Park position E060200AAM Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal E060203AUN Moving up a steep
74. rollover if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag 2 aan 8KMB3311 Q The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 Front anchor pre tensioner 4 SRS control module Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain collisions The pre tensioners will not be acti vated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operating condi tions and are not hazardous Safety features of your vehicle Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instru ment panel will illuminate for approxi mately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no mal function of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 sec
75. solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine G270300AUN 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge or fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices G270302AUN EU Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately
76. sures can be found on a label attached to the drivers side center pillar Underinflation also results in exces sive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel defor mation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If atire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Maintenance SS Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been dam aged replace them G200300AUN
77. system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air con ditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED AUTO automatic control button Driver s temperature control knob A C display Mode selection button Air conditioning button Fan speed control switch Passenger s temperature control knob Dual temperature control selection button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 Air intake control button 11 Blower OFF button 12 Front windshield defroster button if equipped Nl oe Gls CM 3 The actual control panel in the vehi cle may differ from the illustration OSL040078 Features of your vehicle OSL040079 Automatic heating and air con ditioning 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the tem perature setting OSL040083 2 Turn the temperature control knob to set the
78. the positive terminal of the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tionary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer F040200AAM EU Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle and manual transaxle vehi cles equipped with clutch lock sys tem cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS F050000AAM If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine will probably be too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle or Neutral manual transaxle
79. the accelerator fully The air conditioner performance may be limited The shift pattern of the automatic transaxle may change The engine noise may get louder The above situations are normal conditions when the active eco sys tem is activated to improve fuel effi ciency Limitation of Active ECO oper ation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The sys tem will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed for a few sec onds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up ee eee ee ee EE EMEN MEME MOHm Gas eee EGdESE BEES MEM EE ee SEEN MENSEM eee EE ENSE mE EE ERE Cee eee ee Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AHM EU Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save money in both fuel
80. the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped See eee ee ee eee ee ee eee EISE IEEE ELT EIE III ILLI LI CL LIII ECL Features of your vehicle D050300AAM EE Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped In the event of air bag deployment resulting from a vehicle impact all doors will automatically unlock Auto door lock unlock feature Automatic transaxle if equipped All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park Speed sensing door lock sys tem Manual transaxle if equipped All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds about 15 km 9 mph All doors will automatically unlock when the engine is shut off and the ignition key is removed An authorized Kia dealer can acti vate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature con sult an authorized Kia dealer M OSL040011 D050500AAM Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden taly opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert the key into the child safety lock
81. the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illu minates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster but ton again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear win dow defroster A dei uio is di di duh o d ii al Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating 44 Cooling Z4 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position if equipped 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Rear window defroster button 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air c
82. the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage Safety features of your vehicle 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat C030103AEN 1 Route the child restraint seat strap Securing a child restraint seat over the seatback with tether anchor system For vehicles with adjustable head Child restraint hook holders are rests route the tether strap under located on the back of the rear seat the headrest and between the backs headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback In case of interference between the child restraint seat and the headrest remove the par ticular head restraint for better fit ment of the child restraint seat 3 42 Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury OLM039035 C030104AHM EU Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tether
83. the system Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Ex Call John Smith Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com mands After saying this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Favorites Display the Favorite screen Call History Displays the Call History screen Contacts Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Dial Number Display the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say the number that you want to call Redial Connects the most recently called number Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth connections Command Function When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 FM1 Radio When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen AM Displays the AM screen FM Preset 1 6 Plays the most recently played broa
84. the transmitter Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OSL040008 To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock position and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended AB di aio i dim ci iu ab d d iib i Sl Features of your vehicle OSL040009 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201AHM EU With the door lock button To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock posi tion The red mark 2 on the button will be visible To lock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible To open a door pull the
85. the vehicle is not in motion However after a few min utes it will return to its normal conditions When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnor mal noise could occur If tempera ture rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition If the EPS system does not operate normally the warning light will illumi nate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle D130300AUN Tilt steering Telescope steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise the steering wheel to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle if equipped The steering wheel should be posi tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 if equipped then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi tion before driving Features of your vehicle NOTICE After adjudgement sometimes the lock release lever may not lock the steering wheel It is not a malfunc
86. the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized Kia deal er tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced dust and dirt may get into the tire valve and air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed the wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Reusing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it
87. to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuck led seat belt to fully retract Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buckled ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the rear seat back If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the left por tion of the rear seat back is folded down distortion and damage to the top portion of the seat back and seat belt garnish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position Co WuusuEncsid Safety features of your vehicle AYKMN3441 1KMN3442 1KMB3443 3 Point rear center belt 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the 3 Pull the webbing and insert the To fasten the rear center belt open end of the buckle C until an tongue plate B into the open end audible click is heard indicating of the buckle D until an audible etd dis the latch is locked Make sure the click is heard indicating the latch and slowly pull the tongue plates belt is not twisted S Vid Make sure the belt is not out from the retractor When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle There will be an audible click when the tab locks in the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length
88. to do in an emergenc F080301AAM EU Emergency towing precautions Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes A CAUTION Automatic transaxle e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the auto matic transaxle fluid is leak ing a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used OLM069017L Tie down hook for flatbed towing if equipped Se eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee RR eee Cee eee Maintenance Engine compartment eesse sese 7 2 Maintenance services
89. to replace or replenish your coolant in accor dance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freez ing point is sufficient for the tempera tures anticipated during the winter E120300AUN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an author ized Kia dealer or a service station E120400BUN Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way E120600AUN To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury E120700AUN Use approved window washer anti f
90. turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to per form a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use CAUTION Wiper position When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle i d ul OAM049102N D200200ASA Front windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the wind shield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side CAUTION Wipers amp windshields e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner A CAUTION Washer pump or other solvents on or near To prevent possible damage to them the
91. under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law N utat ced a Maintenance E G201100AAM Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning As
92. up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned COn When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys IE to select the desired mode 3 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio K In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 Operates Phone Screen 3 When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right 6 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file 3 The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone See eee eee ee eee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee er eee eee eee Features of your vehicle Mar Er meer wm 7 HB Preset Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat
93. used to store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compart ment Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving OSL044100 Center console storage Glove box if equipped To open the glove box pull the han To open the center console storage dle and the glove box will automati pull up the lever cally open Close the glove box after use ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee Features of your vehicle OSL040102 Glove box cooling if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool using the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning A C system 2 Move the open close lever 1 of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position When the cool box is not used turn the lever to its closed position lt j NOTICE While using the cooling function a small amount of condensed moisture could damage your pieces of paper Sunglass holder if equipped To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sun glass holder push it up Features of your vehicle E 0SL040104 D270500BUN C1 Luggage box if equipped You can place a first aid kit a reflec tor triangle tools etc in the box for easy access Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover
94. want to maintain Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time the SET switch is operated in this manner E090400AUN To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OSL050033L E090500AAM EU To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a man ual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 20 km h 12 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steer ing wheel You will return to your pre viously preset speed OSL050032L E090600AAM EU To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruisi
95. where the passkey is entered Enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed De ee eee ee eee eee Coe ee eee Features of your vehicle Some phones i e iPhone Android and Blackberry phones may offer an option to allow acceptance of all future Bluetooth connection requests by default and Visit http www kia com us bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list e If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page Bluetooth Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bl
96. within the cur rent category SCAN Press the key gt SAB Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to contin ue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the cur rent category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob The display will indicate the category menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate category list Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category 3 If channel is selected by selecting cat egory then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key BENB Gi Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from EH will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio sig nal is not available Ensure the anten na is u
97. you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assem blies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This addi tional burden generates extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements C1 Wunetdacdisd Driving your vehicle E140100AUN Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly car bon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail able at an authorized Kia dealer E140200AUN Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trail er Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the
98. 1 Non operational conditions of back up Waring System soby erode dee ei nee 4 80 Operation of the back up warning system 4 79 Self diagnosis s cea a dea RR de eee bes 4 82 Battery cese evene DRE RP were ees 7 29 Before diving esci ee Ere e etr d 5 3 Brake system 22s soc be bee EY 5 277 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 31 Downhill brake control DBC 5 39 Electronic stability control ESC 5 33 Hill start assist control HAC 5 39 Parking brake raso ERE EERER E 5 29 Powerbrakes 0 eee eee ee eee t 5 27 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 37 Brake clutch fld 30 j eins deca REIS 7 22 Bulb wattage i a e REEL RE UEM ISP 8 2 C Child restraint syst m anieri eerie kea n 3 37 Using a child restraint system 3 38 Climate control air filter seai i 7 25 Cruise control system ee eese 5 43 D Defrostek s cosedgr Heer peewee bees heey 4 97 Dimensions c oiez6kLe hbase eee hee bende bass 8 2 Door LOCKS icis cR eR DE ERE ER 4 19 Child protector rear door lock 4 22 Inside the Vehicle senri e retro 4 20 Other door lock unlock features 4 22 Outside the vehicles si ceni ieniemienie 4 19 E Economical operation eese 5 48 Emergency starting 00 0 0 0 eee eee ee 6 5 Jump starting cire hide dedre RR RR ERI 6 5 Push st
99. 215 sede ecb iene ig ur EEES 4 96 Interior light welcome function 4 95 Luggage lamp z 2e us EP RET RRESR 4 96 Map lamp osi b Rr RE Rer En 4 95 Room lamp rise Soak x PERO IER OVES RYE 4 94 Vanity mirror lamp 0 0 000005 4 96 Interior OVetviEW clle RS Shoe ERES REST eee RS 2 4 K Key positions 25 heit er dp RE PRESE PERIRR AS 5 5 Starting the engine isis sisse e cess 5 6 KEYS c EE 4 3 Key operations cose m beRLEER RE ERRASSE 4 3 Record your key number 04 4 3 L Eaghting ii ies vt RARE eed hohe barnbd home SS 4 85 Battery saver function 0 4 85 Daytime running light 0 4 89 Front fog light 05 24 ccsesdenteseeereeenes 4 89 Headlight escort function 00 4 85 Headlight welcome function 4 85 High beam operation 0 0 4 87 Lighting controls sci ee ree ree 4 86 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 88 Index R Maintenance services o encrena iee Deen e E e 7 3 Owner maintenance precautions 7 4 Owner s responsibility 000 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 12 Manual climate control system 4 98 Manual transaxle 2 0 cece eee eee eee 5 12 Manual transaxle operation
100. 235 55R18 tire Back up lights 16 High mounted stop light 5 or LED License plate lights 5 Map lamps 6 Room lamps 10 Glove box lamp 5 Luggage lamp 10 Vanity mirror lamps 5 If equipped Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS 1020000AAM EU e Wheel lug nut torque i Cold tire inflation pressure kPa psi Item iis Wheel size P PS gem Ib ft Nem Front Rear 215 70R16 6 5Jx16 Full size tire 225 60R17 6 5Jx17 TM S es or 235 55R18 7 0Jx18 235 84 235 84 Bro GeO ip spare T455 90D16 4 0Tx16 420 60 420 60 CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Item Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550 25g R 134a Compressor lubricant 120 10g PAG 205A We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details See ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee RAR RR Cee eee Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle
101. 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 Power steering fluid amp lines l l l l l l l l Climate contol air filter R R R R R R R R Air conditioner compressor operation amp refrigerant amount Rotate tires Transfer case oil 4WD 6 Rear differential oil 4WD 7 Propellar shaft 4WD Tire condition amp inflation pressure if equipped 6 Transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water 7 Rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Maintenance eee o coo oo vvv a MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE ITEM RUE E M INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER GDI ENGINE R EVERY 6 000 km OR 6 MONTHS RKOBOGDEREGHUEK ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER T GDI ENGINE R EVERY 5 000 km OR 3 MONTHS AB C DEE GA IK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT R MORE FREQUENTLY GE SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B H MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 120 000 km ACDEEQOG Hd AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96 000 km A G DEREGH I FRONT BRAKE DISC PADS CALIPERS l MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H RE
102. 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Features of your vehicle Some phones i e iPhone Android and Blackberry phones may offer an option to allow acceptance of all future Bluetooth connection requests by default and Visit http www kia com us bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list e If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page Bluetooth Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Dow
103. A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 W Type B OSL040202C OSL044202N W Type B W Type A OSL040203C OSL044203N Distance to empty km or mi This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the cur rent fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the distance to empty indicator RANGE will blink until the vehicle is refueled The meter s working range is from 50 to 990 km 30 to 990 miles m Type A W Type B Average 24 7 ms OSL040204C OSL044204N Average fuel 7 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average consumption reset The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero consumption Features of your vehicle If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h 1 6 MPH after refueled
104. A K LOCK 7 5A SEAT VENT 15A Power Connector AUDIO 20A RF_ANT 7 5A ROOM LP 10A B42 60A I P Junction Box Power Window Relay SUNROOF 15A AMP 25A MODULE B 10A IPS 0 3 IPS 8 10 C FAN MPI engine 40A Cooling Fan High Relay Cooling Fan Low Relay C FAN T GDI engine 50A Cooling Fan High Relay Cooling Fan Low Relay RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay IG1 30A PDM Relay Box IGN1 ACC Relay With Smart Key Ignition Switch W O Smart Key IG2 40A PDM Relay Box IGN2 Relay With Smart Key Ignition Switch W O Smart Key HORN 15A Horn Relay DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay FUSE sTOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Switch Smart Key Control Module ICM Relay Box DBC Relay 4WD 20A 4WD ECU AMS 10A Battery Sensor TCU 2 MPI engine 7 5A Transaxle Range Switch TCU 2 T GDI engine 7 5A Transaxle Range Switch Vacuum Switch Vacuum Pump Relay ABS 7 5A ESC Module ICM Relay Box DBC Relay Multi Switch ECU 2 7 5A ATM P N Relay PCM Multifunction Switch Remote Control V PUMP T GDI engine 20A Vacuum Pump Relay Maintenance __ eee Engine compartment main fuse panel EMS Box Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component F PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump Relay PCM Oxygen Sensor Up Down SENSOR 4 T9 E R Fuse amp Relay Box Cooling Fan High Low Relay SENSOR 3 10A A CON Relay Injector 1 4 SENSOR 2 10A Not Used TCU 1 15A PCM A CON 10A A CON Relay Immobilizer Module Cran
105. AHM EU U1 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL check engine light c This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which moni tors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indicates that a poten tial malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emission control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go out in a few sec onds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly CAUTION MIL illumina tion Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illu minated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy CAUTION Catalytic converter damage If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic convert er damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer D150323AAM EU ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator oo The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ig
106. AR BRAKE DISC PADS MORE FREQUENTLY G D G H PARKING BRAKE l MORE FREQUENTLY C DIGIH dno ue CIIM NUT TS Maintenance n HH NNI MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS I MORE FREQUENTLY C D E F G H I LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 12 000 km OR 6 MONTHS C D ERG CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C E FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT TRANSFER CASE OIL 4WD 1 EVERY 120 000 km C E G H l J REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL 1 EVERY 120 000 km C E G H I J PROPELLAR SHAFT EVERY 12 000 km OR 6 MONTHS CE 1 Transfer case Oil and Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have abeen submerged in water SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km 5 miles in normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freezing temperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materi als or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing
107. As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance ccc cccc CO OHNE OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AUN The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM When you stop for fuel Check the engine oil level Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires G030102AAM While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increa
108. C button when the vehicle speed is under 40 km h 25 mph The DBC system will turn ON and Standby enter the standby mode assise The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed is over 40 km h 25 mph P In the standby mode if the vehicle speed is under 35 Activated F km h 22 mph while driving down a steep hill the DBC blinks will activate automatically In the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deacti vate under the following conditions Temporarily The hill is not steep enough deactivated illuminated The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed If the above conditions are gone the DBC will automat ically activate again OFF NOTICE iy not illuminated The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions The DBC button is pressed again The vehicle speed is over 60 km h 38 mph If the DBC red indicator light illuminates the system has overheated or something is wrong The DBC will not activate If the DBC red indicator light illuminates even though the DBC system has been cooled enough have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer The DBC does not turn ON in the P Park position The DBC may not activate if the ESC or BAS is activated In a very steep hill even though the brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed the DBC may not deac tivate Always turn OFF the DBC on nor mal roads The DBC might activate from the standby mode when abrupt
109. Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire G200301AUN How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile N ufa tud eer EI Maintenance E Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accident
110. DODOQOO UO UC ODDO DOORS 4 27 Hoods bo o oO OON UC 4 32 PDuelifiller lid 7 0 reset ee 4 34 Steering wheel o E S 4 41 Electronic power steering EPS 4 41 e Tilt and telescoping steering 0005 4 42 esHeated steering wheel 55552 cere 4 43 SHOM ao ee DOCU ODUDHHODOOU OU OUO OU UDHO 4 44 Flex Steep o 9 ru sonst E EE 4 45 IMIEFOES a sane reor cien ores aye cies ee ere eres e ees 4 47 INSIDE rearview MirTOR sese eo seeno 9 e 4 47 Outside rearview mirror eee 4 54 Instrument clustere 0 E loo eer 4 57 e Instrument panel illumination 4 58 OL CUT corn Eee EE 4 58 Warnings and indicators 0 eeeeeeee 4 65 Back up warning system ees 4 79 e Operation of the back up warning system 4 79 Non operational conditions of back up warning Sy Stema QUTD E E QUO QUU OUO DUO 4 80 Back up warning system precautions 4 81 eiSelf diaenosis i e esos Uus 4 82 Rear camera display moor oe ees oenen ea etes 4 83 Hazard warning flasher 06 4 84 Lighting h oppnoouna oS uO Ono IDE EDS 4 85 Battery saver function eeeee cece 4 85 e Headlight escort function esee 4 85 e Headlight welcome function 4 85 Eightine control 5 599 9229 a e 2 2 4 86 High beam operation 0 cece eee eee 4 87 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 88 OMNI c
111. Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning is con trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as X4 or Ctt position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the following OSL040093 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 7 3 Press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status OSL040094 Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Select the defroster position press ing the defroster button 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake control button at least 5 times with in 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS D270000AHM These compartments can be
112. E 4 89 Daytime running light ses ocsoceesscesoseese 4 89 Wipers andi washers ceee se aeneae e eee 4 90 Interior ight eeu ous 4 94 Room lamp eene ae eaeoe ares E ES 4 94 Map lamp scese cenere en eee eae ee ee USO 4 95 e Interior light welcome function 4 95 Tuscaoellamp 99 99 999 9 2 1 1 4 96 eGloveiboxllampiz 5 59 semet 4 96 s Vanity mirror lamps 9 999999 lee 4 96 Defroster 2 9 9rd eei SS 4 97 Manual climate control system 4 98 Automatic climate control system 4 107 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 115 Storage compartments eese 4 119 Center console storage eee 4 119 Glove DOK 5 eene sea sew qn nn onere se 4 119 Glove box cooling oere aesae e aee e e 4 120 Sunglass holder 6s eee enses tse tae eis 4 120 ell ussasedboxc e 4 121 Interior features 52 999 999 9 595 4 122 Cup holders o0 shoe repere TS 4 122 S SUDVISOE es oie sires ne ee ave sieve sere sisi TS shai 4 122 SHPOWER outlet cicvous cromieisieiele ercie cis Ss Ss 4 123 e Dieitaliclock 4 eese reU SO 4 124 e Clothes hangers eee 599995999992 1 5 4 124 lt Floor matanchors ae ee se 9 eeen nane eese 4 125 Luggage net holders oo ae ensis e 4 126 e Cargo security SCreene 929 995 9 5 5 4 126 Exterior features srr 9 cedens 4 128 e Roof PACK iy se 55 4 55155415106 er teer ere noie e acer 4 128 Audio System ee cer eer srs Sate EP ee rE 4 130
113. GINE START STOP button the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for 10 seconds Also the immo bilizer indicator light blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly with out depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Press cluch pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly with out depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 sec onds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in t
114. ILL amp Door Warning Switch Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Instrument Cluster MCU IND A C Control Module IPS Control Module B PDM B 10A Start Stop Button Switch Smart Key Control Module DR LOCK 15A Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay Tail Gate Relay ICM Relay Box Two Turn Unlock Relay HAZARD 15A BCM FOG LP RR 10A Not Used PDMA 25A Smart Key Control Module ATM K LOCK 7 5A ATM Shift Lever Key Solenoid CORNERING LAMP 10A Not Used SEAT VENT 15A Driver CCS Seat Warmer P WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH P WDW LH 25A Rear Power Window Switch LH Power Window Main Switch iti PER 20A Driver Safety Power Window Module P SEAT DRV 20A Driver Seat Manual Switch MODULE B 10A EE peu EN Data Link Connector Driver CCS Switch SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor Sunroof Control Module AMP 25A Amp HTD STRG 15A Heated steering wheel Maintenance m EANT 000000000 s Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component MDPS 80A EPS Control Module B 1 60A I P Junction Box PDM A 25A DR LOCK 15A HAZARD 15A IPS 4 7 ABS 2 40A ESC Module EMS 40A EMS Box TCU 1 15A ECU 30A A CON 10A F PUMP 15A ABS 1 40A ESC Module MULTI FUSE BLOWER 40A Blower Relay I P Junction Box P SEAT DRV 20A SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A PDM B 10A ATM B 3 60
115. If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge E040300AHM EU Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button while depressing the brake pedal It should be started without depressing the accelerator 5 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you Driving your vehicle When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If itis not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 sec onds while it is in the ACC posi tion The eng
116. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD iii Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to rea
117. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil recommended gt 4 8 1 5 1 US qt API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above or equivalent bd TOTAL 1 8 1 9 GDI 1 90 2 01 US qt Manual transaxle fluid CURT API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 T GDI ON 2 20 2 32 US qt MICHANG ATF SP IV GDI 7 11 7 50 US qt SK ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid T GDI 7 8 1 8 24 US qt ee i oe qt Kia genuine ATF SP IV MT 6 8 1 7 19 US qt Coolant GDI 6 7 1 7 08 US qt Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water AT 6 7 6 81 Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator T GDI Du 7 08 7 19 US qt Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings f the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL MT Manual transaxle AT Automatic transaxle Specifications amp Consumer information Lubricant Volume Classification Brake fluid 0 7 0 8 1 0 7 0 8 US qt FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Rear differential oil 4WD 0 65 0 69 US qt EYES GEAR QILARIGLS SAE ONBO SHELL SPIRAX X or eq
118. M Checking the coolant level et La Also hot coolant or steam could cause serious personal injury Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it coun terclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Maintenance Mii 551070006 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water to provide protection against freezing and cor rosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized Kia deal er for a cooling system inspection G070101AHM Recommended engine coolant When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the fac tory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant
119. OFF OSL030055N God OaDOAAM Occupant Detection System ODS Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu pant detection system Co wunetsscerad Safety features of your vehicle in front of the indicator Do not put anythin passenger air bag Main components of the occu pant detection system A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion An electronic system which deter mines whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated A indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system If the front passenger seat is occu pied by a person that the system determines to be of appropriate size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front passenger s
120. P Park position Low washer liquid This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Align Steering Wheel left aligned If you start the engine when the wheel is steered to the left at an angle over 90 degrees Align Steering Wheel message will appear on the instrument cluster for 5 seconds after a few seconds of system check In this condition the warning message will disappear if the left steered angle comes down to less than 30 degrees Align Steering Wheel right aligned If you start the engine when the wheel is steered to the right at an angle over 90 degrees Align Steering Wheel message will appear on the instrument cluster for 5 seconds after a few seconds of system check In this condition the warning message will disappear if the right steered angle comes down to less than 30 degrees Complete When the steering wheel is aligned within 30 degrees left right less than 5 seconds after the Align Steering Wheel message is dis played Complete message will appear for 2 seconds Sunroof open If driver removes the ignition key Smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door when the sunroof is not fully closed warning message will appear on the LCD dis play Also the warning chime sounds for approximately 7 seconds Features of your vehicle The Back up warning system assists the driver during b
121. Press the through the TUNE knob The display will indicate the catego ry menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e n the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cat egory list Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category K If channel is selected by selectin category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the Screen key gt Set See EE EAE EAE E ee eee ee ee EE EM EE ee eee ee EE E EE EDEN EMEND EEM eee eee ee EE EE eee Cee ee eee Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key MED GIN Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from EH will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the antenna or antenna cable is bro ken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio signal is not avail able Ensure the antenna is uncov ered and has a clear view of the sky Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cate gory list e Press TUNE knob menu Selects the Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press th
122. RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song 3 Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set S Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song 3 Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the 9 TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song 3 Press RPT again to turn off See eee MARBRE BEER eee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee EE EMEN E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEEMS eee eee E CCL eee Cee ERE EE Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key gt Set FRDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key gt Set S F RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder 3 Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD 3 Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set s Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur r
123. Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehi cle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Driving your vehicle Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard It is a normal condi tion XZ OSL053010L Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park
124. T ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Armed stage A4 Disarmed stage N Theft alarm stage 9 D030000AEN This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If triggered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights D030100AEN EU Armed stage Park the car and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tail gate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors using the transmit ter of the keyless entry system or smart key or ignition key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds once to indicate that the System is armed If any door or tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate and the theft alarm will not arm If all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warn ing lights blink once The system can also be armed by locking the doors with the key from the front doors however the hazard warning lights will not blink using this met
125. Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned Con D 3 Setting Bluetooth Wireless ne ESI Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone P Audio Streaming rough the TUNE knob gt Set Es cach Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Technology audio features Press the key to change the e Play Stop mode in order Of Press the TUNE knob to play and CD USB AUX My Music BT pause the current song Audio e If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing 3 Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones X The title artist info may not be supported in some mobile phone When it is not supported no title no artist will be displayed Previous Next song Press or to play previous or next song 3 The previous song next song play pause functions may not be supporte
126. USB AUX iPod FM D300205AHM MUTE 4 Press the button to mute the sound Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section OSL044121 D300600AHM EE Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod Features of your vehicle NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold sepa rately Connectivity may require use of the Kia accessory cable FM reception IOSDHERE _ JBMO01 D300800AHM How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehi cle may not be strong and clear
127. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Maintenance SSS G190300AAM Reset items Items should be reset after the bat tery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected Auto up down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 Climate control system See section 4 Clock See section 4 Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle G200200AUN EU Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 OLMO089008N All specifications sizes and pres
128. Welt Senee ee torreon islam creme ttre 3 36 Child restraint system eee eee 3 37 e Using a child restraint system sese 3 38 Automatic locking mode 000000 3 39 Tether Anchor system leeeeeeeeeee 3 42 Lower anchor system e e e 3 43 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 49 55 6 sss ssi esses 3 46 e How does the air bag system operate 3 47 Air bag warning light cece eens 3 49 e SRS components and functions 3 50 e Occupant Detection System ODS 3 53 e Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 59 e Sideimpactair Dae 2 999922 ecveiele is oie 3 62 Curtain air DaS oee eee 3 63 SRS CALE o E 3 70 Air bag warning label eese 3 71 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat heater with air ventilation 6 Headrest 2nd row seat 7 Seatback angle and folding 8 Headrest 9 Armrest 10 Seat heater if equipped OSL030001 Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the dri ver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals A WARNING Uprighting seat Do not pr
129. X orbs M wees Maes 7 32 Tire maintenance 2 usd rr rep 7 37 Tire replacement scsi eurie minos Deke ees 7 36 Tire xot tion ssi RA Pha ow ERE Boe ot 7 34 Tire sidewall labeling 0 0 7 37 Tire terminology and definitions 7 42 Tire fraCtiOD oo wach iet ea Sad REPRE 7 37 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 35 Wheel replacement 000 7 37 Tmes and wheels ous RR REX opra giere i 8 3 TOWNS MDC 6 17 Emergency towing llle 6 19 Removable towing hook 0 6 17 Tie down hook oz RRER 6 21 Towing sefvice s ecl fds bres RE bd CR REESE 6 17 Trader towing os ce x eed ons Rp XR REUS 5 59 V Vehicle break in process 0 0 0 0 00008 1 6 Vehicle certification label 0004 8 7 Vehicle handling instructions 1 6 Index Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle load hinnt caeso Ra Re eae es 5 67 Certification label cse ed enceintes sonuc kee 5 70 Tire and loading information label 5 67 Vehicle weight glossary 0 00 5 72 Base curb weight sory ours os tit 5 72 Cargo WelIpht 55 seg wie se RUE PEERS d 5 72 GAW Gross axle weight lsesess 5 72 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 72 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 72 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 72 Vehicle curb weight 2 osci oe
130. ackward move ment of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental sys tem and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sens ing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limited Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a Back up warning system BACK UP WARNING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A WARNING The back up warning system is a supplementary function only The operation of the Back up warning system can be affected by several factors including environmental conditions It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up A WARNING Back up Warning System Never rely solely on the parking assist system when backing up Always perform a visual inspec tion to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direc tion Stop immediately if you are aware of a child anywhere near your vehicle Some objects may not be detected by the sensors ei to the object s size or mate rial Y OSL040051N Operation of the Back up warning system Operating condition This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 10 km h 6 mph the s
131. act accidents as well as low speed impacts OSL030028 0SL030040 OSL030041 0XM039043 0SL030042 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor Rollover sensor 4 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor ow 2 2 2 2 d o o Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper front end module body or front doors and or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia deal er Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or side step or running board or replacing a bumper or front door module with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s col lision and air bag deployment per formance 1VQA2084 C040801AAM Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle d i OLM032312N The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side impact and or curtain air bags Side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact
132. ance Use caution When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth Do not push scratch or strike the sensor Sensor damage could occur NOTICE This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations A deis aio i i i i ah di i i al Features of your vehicle Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds inter mittently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the Back up warning system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu pants due to a Back up warning sys tem malfunction Always drive safe ly and cautiously Features of your vehicle ai Rear view display E 4 OSL040055 D330000AHM EE The Rear camera display will acti vate when the back up lig
133. and Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle Audio CD commands Commands available during Audio CD operation Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen tial order Repeat Repeats the current track Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen tial order Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number e MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur ing USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Random Randomly plays the files within the current folder Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order Information Displays the information screen o
134. and lift it See eee eee EPIS IEEE LIII EIE III ELI LI CELL II Cee eee Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder m Front Type A OLM049207 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it down ward To use the sunvisor for the side win dow pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension for ward or backward 3 if equipped To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle The ticket holder 5 is provided for holding a tollgate ticket if equipped The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illustra tion CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before return ing the sunvisor to its original position otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage m Rear if equipped I D280500AEN Power outlet if equipped The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running
135. and set the parking brake If the air condition ing is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leak ing from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the co
136. anual Please say a command after the beep aA More Help f Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Ending Voice Recognition You can also say a media source like USB My Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like say a command after Contacts Call History or Dial Number the beep BEEP amp You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call Skipping Prompt Messages Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds i while guidance message is being stated S Shortly pressing the pa _ABeep Beep end beep key under 0 8 seconds Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen After saying used anywhere in the system this command say the name of a contact Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con used within the current mode nect the call Call lt Name gt Ca
137. ap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instructions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it G230204AHM Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container A CAUTION Rear window Do not scrape or scraich the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid Maintenance oo EE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM G270000AHM EU The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC
138. ar ng 2c ese e ek 6 6 Emission control system lees esses 7 65 Engine compartment 0 0005 2 6 Engine compartment 7 2 Engine coolant 5 0 6 cocci eem ves 7 19 Engine NUMBER serorei as eked beaten EE RE Ves 8 8 Eneme Olle cece eet eet eed de ete ee eae een 7 17 Engine start stop button 0008 5 8 ENGINE START STOP button position 5 8 Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button 5 8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 14 Exterior features 5c ese ek aac eee hea 4 128 Roof rack 2 55 sce m ere us 4 128 Exterior overview 1 0 000 cece ee eens 2 2 Exterior overview UL 5 osse emnes 2 3 Four wheel drive 4WD 0 00000 eee eee 5 21 F Fuel fillet lid zv s duod beets hence tesa e boars 4 34 Fuel requirements ico s 06s94ses cers RS eee UP 1 3 Do not use methanol 0 004 1 4 Fuel Additives ceres e se pay LEER 1 5 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Operation in foreign countries 1 5 USCS s oue Reb eurn eet Ed bed ies 7 46 Engine compartment fuse panel 7 52 Engine compartment fuse replacement 7 49 Fuse relay panel description 7 50 Inner panel fuse replacement 7 47 Instrument panel fuse panel 7 51 H Hazard warning flasher 0 0 4 84 Hood iot eid EET E IUE 4 32 How to use thi
139. ate more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack What to do in an emergency TOWING dolly OXM069028 F080100AAM EU Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer cial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are neces sary to prevent damage to the vehi cle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines informa tion refer to Trailer towing in sec lion 5 On 4WD vehicles your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground CAUTION Towing vehi cle Do not tow 4WD vehicles with the front wheels on the ground This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the 4WD system On 2WD vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear 99 EPE EN eet cre a What to do in an emergenc OUN046030 OCM054034 CAUTION Towing Do not tow the vehicle back wards with the front w
140. atic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake con dition is another important item to frequently check Each item is cov ered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If youre trailering its a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the mainte nance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably conduct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Air condition Do not use the A C while using your vehicle to tow uphill Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving When towing check transaxle fluid more frequently Driving your vehicle kg Ibs E140600BFD 7 7 If you do decide to pull a trail Engine 2 0L 2 4L Gasoline Engine er Here are some important points if you Item ane AND decide to pull a trailer e Consider using a sway control You Without brake system 454 454 can ask a hitch dealer about sway Maximum trailer 1000 1000 control weight 907 907 e Do not do any towing with your car with brake system 2000 2000 during its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles 91 81 in order to allow the engine to prop Maximum tongue weight erly break in Failure to heed this cau 200 200 tio
141. ating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All s
142. ayer Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Features of your vehicle Depending on the type of CD NOTE R CD RW CDs certain CDs may Order of playing files folders fm not operate normally according to lias BE Folder the manufacturing companies In 1 Song Pen order to amp Root T song Fite such circumstances continued eequene m NE use may cause malfunctions to 2 Folder playing order Folder DO your audio system If no song file is contained in the 20 folder that folder is not displayed k NOTICE lerne Ete DO E Playing an Incompatible Root gt FolderA gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA m e Copy Protected Audio CD I 29 EE 9 Some copy protected CDs which do gt Folder ABB gt Folder gt Folder BB 90 not comply with international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that inabilities to properly play a Tra copy protected CD may indicate that the CD is defective not the CD player Folder B Folder BA Features of your vehicle A WARNING Driver Distraction Do not stare at the screen while driving Staring at the screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic accidents Using the phone while driving may lead to a lack of attention of traffic
143. better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see sec tion 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat
144. brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is dis charged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight ened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting F030200AHM If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check the fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connec tors at the ignition coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine compartment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables S Discharged battery battery i E a SN QA4001 F040000AUN Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order F040100AHM U1 Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper sys tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrica
145. can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height OSL030019 Rear seat armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback See eee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee Ce eee Cee Cee eee Safety features of your vehicle END NOTICE A CAUTION With the seat heater switch in ON E position the heating system in the When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent seat turns off or on automaticall E y such as thinner benzene d di th tt ture spen ses pet alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat heater do not place any thing on the seats that insu OSL030020 lates against heat such as Rear seat heater if equipped blankets cushions or seat The seat heater is provided to warm Pine He seat heater the rear seats during cold weather p With the ignition switch in the ON Do not place heavy or sharp position push either of the switches objects on seats equipped to warm rear seats with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat heater is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Safety features of your vehicle See eee eee ee
146. ccident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AHM EU Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts pro vided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commer cially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a par ticular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child re
147. cle G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1030B04JM G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall N EPE EE soci Maintenance E G201001AUN 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown G201002AHM 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your vehicle The fol lowing explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P235 55R18 98H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 235 Tire width in millimeter
148. commend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer gency conditions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer E2MS103005 C030102AAM EU Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure Safety features of your vehicle OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint following the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that i
149. contacts entries every time the phone is connected The download time may differ depending on the number of saved contacts entries and the communi cation state Before downloading contacts first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature Features of your vehicle Audio Streamin Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming When Audio Streaming is turned on you can play music files saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device through the audio system Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone gt Select Outgoing Volume Use Q TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Turning Bluetooth System Off Press tne EM key gt Select Phone Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to AWE Phone and select Yes ee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee Ce eee Cee eee Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e If prom
150. copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode x AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use See eee ee ee EE eee IEEE LI LIII ELIT ELI LI EL LI I Cee eee Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone n order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Ot
151. corning or driving through speed bumps The rear stop light comes on when the DBC is activated NOTICE Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is acti vated DBC may activate and cause the engine to stop in vehicles with manual transaxle if you drive in 3rd gear or above with DBC on Do not turn on DBC when driving in 3rd gear or above Driving your vehicle E070600AAM Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger ous because the brakes mi
152. ctrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine A WARNING Cell phone fires Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cellular phones can poten tially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire A WARNING Smoking DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in chapter 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of your vehicle PANORAMIC SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OSL040022 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console 1 The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ign
153. d ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller While using voice command press ing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice com mand When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using X Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts Do not use special characters e g Q uu n amp etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands L More Help em Here are some examples of mode commands Starting Voice Recognition You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite
154. d or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driv ing inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km CAUTION e It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Cartridge type Normal Fusible link Normal Normal G210000AAM Blown Blown Blown OLM079051N A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam age by fuses This vehicle has 3 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bol ster the other in the engine compart ment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the approp
155. d with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load E150102AAM Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Driving your vehicle E150103AEN Towing capacity Without trailer brakes 454 kg 1000 Ibs With trailer brakes 907 kg 2000 Ibs Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight your vehicle can tow E150104AUN Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er E150105AUN C1 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s plac ard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage
156. d be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits period ically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Safety features of your vehicle C020302AKM Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions C020304AUN One person per belt Two people includi
157. d in some mobile phones Features of your vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mounted controls 1 MUTE button Mute the micro phone during a call 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 C3 button Ends calls or cancels functions 5 button Activates voice recog nition Check call history and making call Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called nu
158. d out the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rat ing and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an author ized Kia dealer CAUTION Fuse panel G210200AHM covers G210201AAM The actual feature may differ from the Aas Caine re de eee oe Main fuse and multi fuse illustration 7 i i i CM securely install the fuse panel town it must be removed as follows cover If not electrical failures d Engine compartment fuse may occur from water contact 1 Disconnect the negative battery replacement cable 1 Turn the ignition switch and all 2 Remove the nuts shown in the pic other switches off ture above 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of pressing the tab and pulling the the same rating cover up 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal PEPEPEPE Maintenance ee NOTICE G210300AAM EU If the multi fuse is blown consult an Fuse relay panel description authorized Kia dealer Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the
159. d these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2014 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications amp Consumer information Index Introduction How to use this manual eese 1 2 Huellrequ
160. dcast COELESTIS IE LIII EIE LII ELI LI CELL ISI D EIE Features of your vehicle SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio has over 140 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio channels visit sir ius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS XM at 1 866 528 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunder storms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio service SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and ente
161. dcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency When currently listening to the SIRIUS XM maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS XM screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function SIRIUS XM Displays the selected SIRIUS XM screen My Music Plays the music saved in My Music Satelite 1 3 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device SIRIUS XM Plays the selected SIRIUS XM channel Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth Channel 0 223 device Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment screen Mute Mutes the sound CD Plays the music saved in the CD Cancel Exit Ends voice command USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channe
162. deactivate at speeds LOCK above 30 km h 19 mph and is shifted to 4WD AUTO mode Indicator light is at speed above 40 km h 25 mph If the vehicle decelerates illuminated to speeds below approximate 40 km h 25 mph however the transfer mode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure CAUTION Normal road conditions Do not drive on normal roads for prolonged periods of time with your vehicle locked in the 4WD mode Driving on normal road with 4WD LOCK Mode especially when cornering may cause mechanical noise or vibration which may damage your power train Driving your vehicle For safe four wheel drive oper ation Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehi cle HILL1 HILL2 When you are driving up or down hills drive as straight as possible Use extreme caution in going up or down steep hills since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade terrain and water mud con ditions Driving your vehicle You must consciously take the Always hold the steering wheel effort to learn how to corner in a firmly when you are driving off 4WD vehicle Do not rel
163. demarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology SiriusXM service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SirilusXM service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 528 7474 to can cel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous United States D C and P R with coverage limitations SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more information Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Features of your vehicle m CD Player AM1A0SLKN AM1A0SLAN AM170SLAN No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit 1 ESB EJECT Ejects the disc 2 Changes to FM AM SIRIUS XM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS 3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop
164. der of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly B 1VQA4022 F070300AAM EU U1 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally oppo site the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked OLMO069006 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter jack jack handle and spare tire clockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position What to do in an emergenc 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame OAM069009 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle i
165. dia Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song See eee ee ee ee eee TESTSEITE LIII ELT EIE ILI ILLI LI CELL EIC EE LLL Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Sound through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings Select menu through TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol Set Off On of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol gt Set volume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Clock through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the
166. ditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in all frontal collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Rear impact Safety features of your vehicle C040600AAM EU Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to pro vide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional pro j tection than that offered by the seat N A belt alone e The side impact air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash seve
167. djusted to remove slack When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 C020101AAM EU Seat belt warning for driver s seat As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink until the 6 sec onds are up The warning chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light and chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately
168. door han dle 3 outward If the inner door handle of the dri ver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate Features of your vehicle Driver s door if equipped OSL040250E D050202AAM EU With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened
169. driving information except odometer and distance to empty is reset if the battery is disconnected Features of your vehicle The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off Press the TRIP button to select any mode as follows Trip Modes Type A Tripmeter A lt Tripmeter B Y Distance to empty Y Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Y Driving time Y Outside thermometer Y Active ECO ON OFF 1 if equipped Trip Modes Type B FUEL ECONOMY Distance To Empty Average Fuel Economy Instant Fuel Economy Y TRIP A Tripmeter A Average Vehicle Speed A Elapsed Time A Y TRIP B Tripmeter B Average Vehicle Speed B Elapsed Time B m Type A m Type B 000000 mi OSL040200 0SL044200N Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic mainte nance should be performed See Maintenance section 7 NOTICE It is unlawful to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer The alteration may void your warranty coverage Features of your vehicle W Type A m Type B OSL040201 0SL044201N Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter
170. ds Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed 3 Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUS XM SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stop ping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GB key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from Er will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset a for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency FM Changes by 200KHz AM Changes b
171. dvance before turning or lane changes C1 secede d Driving your vehicle E140405AFD Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers youre about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasion ally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting sys tem directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring harness An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness CAUTION Always use an approved trailer wiring harness Failure to use an approved trailer wiring har ness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system E140406AFD Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no long
172. e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been o9 Paired 2 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device
173. e The lever MUST return to its orig inal position for the seatback to lock Safety features of your vehicle 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket if equipped between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt webbing into the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position OSL034021 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle OSL030022 5 When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by push ing on the top of the seatback 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position Safety features of your vehicle When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seat back insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seat back and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback Bee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee Cee eee Cee EE EE EE Safety features of your vehicle Make sure the engine is off th
174. e 9 TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the Q TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order 3 Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key gt Set S Info through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key gt Set 4 Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set S Del AII through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set amp Del Sel through the TUNE knob or BK key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list Sco
175. e Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off gt Set Con Cott through 9 TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key gt Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instruc tions during voice command opera tion Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob K The system will reboot after the language is changed 3 Language support by region English Francais Espanol See ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee EE EMEN EE EMEND ENSE SEEMS Eam ee eee Cee MESE Eme ERE EE EE Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUS XM SEEK
176. e the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECOMINDER indicator Active ECO system ECO This indicator light illuminates When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECOMINDEFS indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in section 5 D150302AUN Air bag warning light o ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine or if it comes on while driv ing have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer For passenger air bag OFF indicator on the center facia refer to air bag in section 3 IN deis uio is ds i iub ah diy ii ii all Features of your vehicle D150303AHM U1 Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON positi
177. e 50 999 9 2 9 95 6 9 ackla be cc 6 16 JU SU PASSO a E E e DO OO OOOOOOS 6 17 TOWNA SeEvICC E 6 17 e Removable towing hook 0eeeeeee 6 18 oH MEFSCNCY CO WING creche eoe e sioner sisiclsia euren 6 19 Tie down hook ccce e tto motore 6 21 What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING OSL060001 F010100ASA Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING F020100AUN EU If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place F020200AUN If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your
178. e auto matic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position OLM039304N C010303AHM Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and com fort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the rear seat headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravi ty of an occupants head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is level to the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seat back is not recommended Safety features of your vehicle OSL030017 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest push and hold the release button 1 while pulling it up to the desired position 2 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 1 on the head rest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 in 9 OSL030018 Removal and reinstallation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it
179. e been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology A Si ta a cy saa Sa Se Se eh ses Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key gt Select TUP CLOCK Phone gt Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Auto Download Sg MN Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile contacts entries once a Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phone is connected NOTICE The Auto Download feature will download mobile
180. e belt out smoothly Front seat i ll XM039026 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck Safety features of your vehicle To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position B200A02NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Safety features of your vehicle C020106AUN Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation
181. e device s owner s manual or contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com 5 Press and release the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit You have 30 sec onds to complete step number 6 A dei ino i i i iu hd di i sal Features of your vehicle 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed The remaining two but tons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done Refer to the Programming portion of this text Operating HomeLink To operate simply press the pro grammed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door securi ty system entry door lock estate gate or home or office lighting For convenience the hand held trans mitter of the device may also be used at any time The HomeLink Wireless Controls System once programmed or the original hand held transmitter may be used to activate the device e g garage door entry door lock etc In the event that there are still programming difficulties contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Flashing f p ee i as UT METUO e o OHD046306N Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons To erase the three progra
182. e handle backward and insert security screen on the lower portion may be damaged or malformed the edges into the slots of the cargo area do not put the luggage on it when it is used 0SL040116 Se eee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee ee EE E EE EDEN eee eee eee eee eee ee RAR A Cee eee Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES OSL040150 D290100AAM Roof rack if equipped If the vehicle has a roof rack you can load cargo on top of your vehicle NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof oper ation CAUTION Loading roof rack When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width When you are carrying cargo on the roof rack do not operate the sunroof if equipped The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack Distribute the load as evenly as possible on the roof rack and secure the load firmly ROOF RACK 100 kg 220 Ibs EVENLY DISTRIBUTED Features of your vehicle Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehicle
183. e key gt Select DInfo through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt CD MP3 gt lt My Music gt X The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing EZB RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing AED RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen Random press the key Plays all songs in random order Se eee ee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee EM eee EE Cee Cee EE em EE Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current fold er in random order iPode mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order MP3 CD USB ALL RDM on scree
184. e of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis sion control system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on A020105AUN Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system Introduction Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help pre vent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance perform ance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www top tiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly addi tives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12 000 km 7 500 mile
185. e the lever When this is complete the sunroof System has been reset Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by the power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation The steering effort is high immedi ately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the sys tem performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continu ously when
186. eason tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas N utat cunda Maintenance E 08070 0 1 780 0 27 7 007 0 0L 1L Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels otherwise poor han dling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to com
187. ed 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradient 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcy cle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing Features of your vehicle The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water The sensing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Back up warning system pre cautions The Back up warning system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected The Back up warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sensor or it may sense an incorrect dist
188. ed by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS E110100AHM Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS f stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud E170800AHM Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle SUV SUV s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off road applicatio
189. eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee mM eee Cee ee eee Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM C040000AUN C 1 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passengers front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OLM032301N Safety features of your vehicle C040900AHM EU How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury Also the side and or curtain air bags inflate instantly in the event of a rollover in order to help protect the occupants from serious physi cal injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the dens
190. eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee Cee eee Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AHM Seat belt restraint system For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being a
191. eee eee eee eee EEEHEORESPEMSE BREMEN MEME ERMOEmS SEE EREEEREEEE EE EEEESEdESE EBENE EE EE EE EE E EE E EE E ERE EDEN ENS EE MEME E EE ME EMEN MEME EE mE EE Eq dE mE ERE seed Features of your vehicle After selecting press key AUX and select the delete menu AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode My Music Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be stored The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup 3 AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short dis tance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote con trollers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depend ing on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless
192. efully read and follow ALL procedures and recom mendations provided in these WARNINGs CAUTIONS and NOTICEs CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provid ed eS FUEL REQUIREMENTS A020101AHM EU Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Tighten the cap until it clicks once otherwise the Check Engine light will illuminate Introduction A020103AUN EU Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alco hol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gaso line Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is t
193. ehicle weight GVW of your vehi cle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by mov ing some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer kg ou TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ARRI RE SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES Kg OF ang Ibs 926 e 420 TIRE PNEU COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES SIZE DMENSIONS PNEUSAFROID FRONT AVANT 215 70R16 240kPa 35psi REAR ARRIERE 215 70R16 240kPa 35psi SPARE DE SECOURS T155 90D16 420kPa 60psi RENSEIGNEMENTS The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer
194. elect menu through TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol Set in 4 levels Off Low Mid High of 9 TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol Set volume of TUNE knob ECOLE ee ee LLL LIEU Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Clock through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD Y YYY Select Calendar Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Tim
195. emperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed CAUTION Excessive AC When using the air conditioning system monitor the tempera ture gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air conditioning system opera tion may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air con ditioning system off if the tem perature gauge indicates engine overheating Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioni
196. engine and allow it to CAUTION Replacing reach normal operating tempera engine oil ture Do not overfill the engine oil It 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a may damage the engine few minutes about 5 minutes for e Do not spill engine oil when the oil to return to the oil pan ris g adding or changing engine 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean oil If you drop the engine oil and re insert it fully on the engine room wipe it off immediately OSLO071003N The actual feature may differ from the illustration Maintenance GDI engine Ts Use a funnel to help prevent oil G060200BHM EU from being spilled on engine com Changing the engine oil and ponents filter Have engine oil and filter changed by Use only the specified engine oil an authorized Kia dealer according Refer to Recommended lubricants to the Maintenance Schedule at the and capacities in section 8 beginning of this section OSL071004N The actual feature may differ from the illustration If itis near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT G070000AHM The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate G070100AH
197. ent song K Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set Copy through the amp TUNE knob or SJ key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode K If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed K If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPode AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled K Music will not be played while copying is in progress Features of your vehicle MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the 9 TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set amp lnfo through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song K Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set Search through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category Se eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee EEUU Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music
198. eposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed A CAUTION Wetting engine e Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main tain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materi als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax ing Maintenance CAUTION Eng vehi cle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a d
199. er operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km h 45 mph to reduce the possi bility of engine and transaxle over heating If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trail er brakes and you have an automat ic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when towing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle Driving your vehicle Towing up hill When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibil ity of engine and transaxle over heating E140407AUN EA Parking on hills Generally if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle you should not park your vehicle on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they unexpected ly roll downhill However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill here s how to do it 1 Pull the vehicle into
200. er s seat belt usage and impact severity CAUTION Seat Track Sensor Do not place any objects under neath ihe front seats as they could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with the occupant detection system The seat belt buckle sensors deter mine if the driver and front passen ger s seat belts are fastened Co Wunstssce d Safety features of your vehicle These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fas tened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels A first stage level is pro vided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain con
201. erature of the engine coolant when the igni tion switch is ON Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the engine over heats in section 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle os L040065N OSL044404 D150204BHM EE Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approx imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Low fuel Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter 3 OSL040040 D150205AAM EU Odometer Tripmeter TRIP com puter if equipped The trip computer is a microcomput er controlled driver information sys tem that displays information related to driving such as odometer tripme ter distance to empty average speed driving time average fuel consumption and the ECOMIN DER Indicator ECO ON OFF mode on the display when the igni tion switch is in the ON position All stored
202. ess the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers A WARNING Driver responsibility for passen gers MN3662 The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen WARNING Seat cush ion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop of your vehicle Se eee eee ee MEME eee ee ee ee ME EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEE eee E EE Em Cee eee Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with prop er locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable con trol of the your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure
203. even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker pan els and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Maintenance SS vf Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel when cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coat ed with a clear protective finish it has G230107AHM Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is on
204. exceed the operating distance limit 10 m about 30 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the trans mitter When the transmitter does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an authorized Kia dealer If the transmitter is in close proxim ity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the trans mitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE
205. extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop E070300AHM EU Anti lock brake system ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances when driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads When driving with tire chains installed When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increase the stopping distance for your vehi cle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situat
206. f fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalyt ic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Specifications amp Consumer information Dimensions vere p Ye hr rye s snares 8 2 Bulbi watane ees Urs 8 2 Tires and wheels nee RS 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 e Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Engine number serere e esee 8 8 Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE 1010000AAM EU 1030000AAM EU Item mm in Light Bulb Wattage Overall length 4440 174 8 Headlights Low 55 Overall width 1855 73 0 Headlights High 55 Overall height 1635 64 4 1645 64 8 Front turn signal lights Position lights 28 8 Fronttread 1615 63 6 1607 63 3 1597 62 9 Front turn signal lights 28 Rear tread 1616 63 6 1608 63 3 1598 62 9 Side turn signal LED or 5 Wheelbase 2640 103 9 Front fog lights zi Side marker 5 1 with roof rack Stop and tail lights 28 8 2 with 215 70R16 tire Tail lights 5 3 with 225 60R17 tire Rear turn signal lights 27 with
207. f the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder See eee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee EE EMEN ERES ERE EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEES Eam Ed E EE S Cee eee Cee me ERE EE EE Features of your vehicle iPod Commands Commands available during iPod My Music Commands Commands available during operation My Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold separately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered tra
208. f you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle Driving your vehicle CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage that may injure bystanders OUNO56051 E110300AUN The ESC system if equipped should be turned OFF prior to rock Smoot comers T ing the vehicle Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving your vehicle E110400AUN Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic head light aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Avoid starin
209. factory installed tire G2010007AEN EU 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of normal service Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process Maintenance ee Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 175 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured
210. fastened other switches off 4 Check th d tuse reblaceii with bolts or nuts are blown 2 Open the fuse panel cover F sy b e removed tuse replace we recommend that you con MILISOOWN sult with an authorized Kia Spare fuses are provided in the dealer engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rat ing and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the power outlet fuse If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OSL070022 G210101AHM C1 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a mem ory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged peri ods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for pro longed periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull out the memory fuse NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled out from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replace ment Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulle
211. ff Information Press the key Set s Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song K Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set Copy through the amp TUNE knob or SJ key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode K If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed K If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPode AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled K Music will not be played while copying is in progress See eee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee EE EMEN EE ES EM E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEE E E MEME dE eee ee CeCe Cee eee eee Features of your vehicle MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the 9 TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set Info through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song K Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set Search through th
212. foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P Park automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this section F020300AUN If the engine stalls while driv ing 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cau tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance 99 ufa nucis CH What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START F030100AAM If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 lf your car has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency
213. fter the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out Safety features of your vehicle If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Driver s front air bag 1 a ui B240B01L The front air bag modules are locat ed both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSOM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflatio
214. g directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness mcm m 1VQA3003 E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis tance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield C1 utate Driving your vehicle f your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance ma
215. g the lock button on the trans mitter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except driver s door the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It causes the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tailgate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only oper ate at night At this time if you press the door lock button or unlock button once or twice on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will turn off immediately See eee ee eee ee ee eee eee eee ee IIT EIE LII ELI LI ee Cee eee CeCe eee Features of your vehicle OXM049110 X The actual feature may differ from the illustration D190400AUN C1 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto li
216. g wheel see illustra tion The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle Steering Mode NORMAL OSL044413 FLEX Steer if equipped The FLEX Steer controls steering effort as driver s preference or road condition You can select the desired steering mode by pressing the FLEX Steer button The FLEX Steer stays in the last mode selected when turning the engine on OSL044408 When the steering mode button is pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds the steering mode will change as above pictures If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previ ous screen Steering Mode NORMAL OSL044405 Normal mode The normal mode offers medium steering effort Features of your vehicle For your safety if you press the steering mode button to change Steering Mode the mode while turning the steering wheel the LCD display will change as you selected but the steering effort will not change After that if you leave the steering wheel cen tered the steering effort will change to the selected mode Be careful when changing the steering mode while driving 051044406 OSL044407 e When the electronic power steer Sport mode Comfort mode ing is not working properly the The steering effort becomes heavier The steering effor
217. ge 7 Odometer Tripmeter Trip computer 8 Shift position indicator Automatic transaxle only if equipped RA X The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OSL044065N OSL044400N Features of your vehicle OSL040034 D150100AAM EU Instrument panel illumination When the ignition switch is on press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instru ment panel illumination Type A 28d aoe tae 140 TAE km h s o of og Type B Gauges D150201AHM Speedometer The speedometer indicates the for ward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilo meters per hour and or miles per hour OSL040039 OSL044402N D150202AHM Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the cor rect shift points and to prevent lug ging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle When the door is opened or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in the ON position with the engine OFF This movement is nor mal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine with in the lachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage s OSL040065N OSL044403 D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temp
218. genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or personal injury G020100AUN EU Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Detailed warranty information is pro vided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance G020200AUN EU Owner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform
219. ger s seat During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat heater is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Safety features of your vehicle Each time you press the button the temperature setting or airflow will change as follows OFF gt HIGH 3e LOW 3e T The seat heater with air ventila tion defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on OSL030016 Type B with air ventilation if equipped The temperature setting of the seat changes according to the switch position If you want to warm your seat cushion press the front portion of the switch yellow color If you want to cool your seat cush ion press the rear portion of the switch blue color CAUTION Seat damage e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat heater do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat heater is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objecis on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Co Wuustescescd Safety features of your vehicle For proper operation of the Occupant Detection System ODS Do not place any items cumulative ly weig
220. ght overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels C1 utetur re d Driving your vehicle Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or
221. ght position if equipped OXM049250N D190401AHM Parking light position o0 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OXM049251N D190402AHM Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle OSL040057 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and head lights will turn ON or OFF automati cally depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle Never place anything over the sen sor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a win dow cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could inter fere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly D190500AUN High beam operation OAM049044 To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a pr
222. go near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception Features of your vehicle OSL040235L The actual feature may differ from the illustration D300200AEN Steering wheel audio controls if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously Driving while distracted is dangerous and should be avoided Drivers should remain attentive to driving and always exercise caution when using the steering wheel mounted controls while driving D300204AHM VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward j to decrease the volume D300203AHM SEEK PRESET v 2 The SEEK PRESET button has dif ferent functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 sec onds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button Se eee ee eee ee MEME eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee mE eee Cee ee EE EE Features of your vehicle CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN button D300202AEN MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD
223. grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling back wards Driving your vehicle FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF EQUIPPED Engine power can be delivered to all front and rear wheels for maximum traction 4WD is useful when extra traction is required on road such as when driving on slippery muddy wet or snow covered roads These vehi cles are not designed for challenging off road use Occasional off road use such as established unpaved roads and trails are OK It is always impor tant when traveling off highway that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those condi tions In general off road conditions provide less traction and braking effec tiveness than normal road conditions The driver must be especially alert to avoid driving on slopes which tilt the vehicle to either side These factors must be carefully con sidered when driving off road Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving surface and u
224. h due to fire or explosion A WARNING Static electricity Before touching the fuel noz zle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch ing another metal part of the vehicle a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gas source Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuel ing since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric polyester satin nylon etc capable of produc ing static electricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate poten tially dangerous static elec tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gasoline source Features of your vehicle A WARNING Portable fuel container When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity dis charge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun con tact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is com plete Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline A WARNING Refueling amp Vehicle fires When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by ele
225. h momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction oppo site of the window s movement OLM049023 Type C Auto up down window Driver s window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the sec ond detent position 6 completely lowers or raises the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press down and release the switch If the power window does not oper ate normally the automatic power window system must be reset as fol lows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the driver s window and con tinue pulling up the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Features of your vehicle And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window rever sal will not operate The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic GBS OUNO26003 reverse feature will not operate if the Automatic reversal Type C window is raised us
226. he P Park posi tion to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Check stop lamp fuse When the stop lamp fuse is discon nected the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds with the engine start stop button in ACC Press start button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehi cle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked See eee ee ee ee ee A ARAARA ee eee eee eee eee Ce eee Cee eee Features of your vehicle Shift to P or N to start the engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illumi nates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the
227. he ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation D010301AUN EC Limp home override proce dure When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator ey goes off after blink ing 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition Switch Your password is only avail able from an authorized Kia dealer ship Contact an authorized dealer for more information The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example
228. he lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place the seat is locked in place The lever MUST return to its orig Adjust the seat before driving and inal position for the seatback to make sure the seat is locked securely lock by trying to move forward and back ward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire Co wee eee eee eed o Safety features of your vehicle OSL030004 C010103APB Seat height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat push the lever upwards or down wards To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times Front seat adjustment power if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel CAUTION Power seat adjustments The power seating controls function by electronic motor Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equip ment CAUTION Power Seating Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time Doing so may damage the power seat motor or electrical components When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electri cal power To preven
229. he next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle iPod Commands Commands available during iPod My Music Commands Commands available during operation My Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold separately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Siriu
230. he warning chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the drivers seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approxi mately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph For front passenger s seat belt warn ing light on the center facia refer to seat belt in section 3 D150305AHM Turn signal indicator The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn signal sys tem You should consult your dealer for repairs A dei ao is di i iu Gh di i iie Features of your vehicle D150306AUN High beam indicator D This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn sig nal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position D150309AUN Front fog light indicator This indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are on D150331ABH Tail light i
231. head unit with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone sup ports Bluetooth features Even if the phone supports Bluetooth the phone will not be found during device searches if the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connecting with the Head unit Bluetooth phone is automatically connected when the ignition on If you do not want automatic con nection with your device turn off the Bluetooth fea ture within your mobile phone The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone Bluetooth Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone Bluetooth connection may become intermittently disconnect ed in some mobile phones Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetooth function off on and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Completely remove the mobile phone battery reboot and then again 4 Reboot the audio system and try again 5 Delete all paired devices pair and try again Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Features of your vehicle Voice Recognition When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed within the user s manual are sup ported Be aware that during the operation of
232. heck the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving inclement weather and on a slip pery road Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC if equipped A vehicle has the tendency to roll back on a steep hill when it starts to go after stopping The Hill start Assist Control HAC prevents the vehicle from rolling back by applying the brakes automatically for about 2 seconds The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is depressed or after about 2 seconds The HAC is activated only for about 2 seconds so when the vehicle is Downhill brake control DBC starting off always depress the accel if equipped erator pedal The Downhill Brake Control DBC supports the driver driving down a steep hill without the driver depress ing the brake pedal It slows down the vehicle under 8 km h bmph and lets the driver concentrate on steer ing the vehicle DBC defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition is turned on The DBC can be turned on or off by pushing the button De eee ee ee REM EE ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee EE EM EE mE EE Emm A mE EE EE EE EE Driving your vehicle Mode Indicator light Description Press the DB
233. heels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle Do not tow with sling type equipment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC position 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Towing gear position Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle NOTICE Towing requires additional equip ment See Owner s Manual for tow ing capacity additional instructions and warnings Always use caution while towing OSL06001 1 Removable towing hook if equipped 1 Open the tailgate and remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper What to do in an emergency 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use E Front OSL060013 F080300AHM EU Emergency towing If towing is necessary have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be
234. height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OSL032010A Forward and backward adjustment if equipped The headrest may be adjusted for ward to several different positions by pulling the headrest foward and upward at 30 to 45 degrees To adjust the headrest to it s furthest backward position pull it fully for ward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it proper ly supports the head and neck See ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee EIC eee Safety features of your vehicle OSL034073 OYFH034205 CAUTION If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head rest and seat cushion raised the headrest may come in con tact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle OSL034074 Removal Reinstall To remove the headrest 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the recline lever or switch 1 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go 3 Press the headrest release
235. her trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set Con JCOI Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB AUX My Music BT Audio e If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing 3 Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song The title artist info may not be supported in some mobile phone When it is not supported no title no artist will be displayed Previous Next song Press or Mie to play previous or next song 3 The previous song next song play pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones See eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee EE EEEESEdESE EE EE MEME EE ES EE EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEES eee EE MEE EE EE ee Cee eee eee Features of your vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features In order to use Bluetooth
236. hi cle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors Safety features of your vehicle C041100AUN SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when you turn the ignition on or continuously remains on or continuously blinks have your vehi cle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passengers panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys tem If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to fol low these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of per sonal injury Safety features of your vehicle C041400AUN Adding equipme
237. hicle D010300AAM Immobilizer system Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is com prised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system when ever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start Features of your vehicle To activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion The immobilizer system acti vates automatically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON posi tion In order to prevent theft of your vehi cle do not leave spare keys or your key number anywhere in the vehicle The ignition key and key number are unique to your vehicle and therefore should be kept confidential NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunc tion Do not put metal accessories near t
238. hing over 1 kg 2 2 Ibs in the seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat Do not hanging clothing or other articles on the front passenger Seat A WARNING Seat warmer burns The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tempera tures if used over a long period of time Never allow passen gers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns These include 1 Infants children elderly or a OCM030052 disabled persons or hospital C010108AAM outpatients Seatback pocket if equipped 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily A WARNING Seatback 3 Fatigued individuals pocket 4 Intoxicated individuals Do not put heavy or sharp 5 Individuals taking medication objects in the seatback pocket that can cause drowsiness or An occupant could contact such sleepiness sleeping pills objects in a crash Heavy cold tablets etc objects in the front passenger seatback could also interfere with the air bag sensing system Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle OLM033314 Rear seat adjustment Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Pull up the seatback lever 2 Hold the lever and adjust the seat back to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in plac
239. hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufactur er or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturers recom mendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trail er And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground E140300AUN Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brak ing system make sure it conforms to your state s regulations and that it is properly installed and operating cor rectly If your trailer weight exceeds the maximum allowed weight without trailer brakes then the trailer will also require its own brakes as well Be sure to read and follow the instruc tions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Don t tap into or modify your vehi cle s brake system Driving your vehicle E140400AUN Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint your self with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start y
240. hod NOTICE The theft alarm system by the key can be deactivated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a pas senger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leave the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the sys tem is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm A di aio i dis i iu a i di unb i Features of your vehicle D030200AEN EU Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed A front or rear door is opened with out using the ignition key or trans mitter or smart key The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds and repeat the horn 3 times unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter or smart key D030400BEN EU Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when the doors and tailgate are unlocked with the transmitter or smart key or the ignition key After depressing the unlock button the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will so
241. ht is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion REAR CAMERA DISPLAY IF E QUIPPED This system is a supplemental sys tem that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while backing up The Rear camera display may be turned off by pressing the ON OFF button 1 when the Rear camera display is activated To turn the camera on again press the ON OFF button again when the ignition switch is on and the shift lever in R Reverse Also the cam era will turn on automatically when ever the ignition switch is turned off and on again Never rely solely on the Rear Camera Display when backing The Rear Camera Display and Back up Warning System are not substitutes for proper and safe backing up procedures Always drive safely and use caution when backing up The Rear Camera Display and Back up Warning System may not detect every object behind the vehicle Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with for eign matter the camera may not operate normally Detailed information for Rear cam era display on the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual See eee eee ee ee eee EBENE EMEN EE EE EM MM E EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEE eee eee eee Ce eee Cee dcm ERE EE EE Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OSL060001 D180000AHM The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it neces sary to stop the veh
242. hus likely to reduce your fuel efficien cy and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Introduction I E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel A020104AUN Use of MTBE Kia recommends avoiding fuels con taining MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 096 vol Oxygen Content 2 796 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any perform ance problems that are caused by the us
243. ibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2014 Maintenance S G201004AEN 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction G201005AUN 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure G201006AUN 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the
244. icle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever back into the main gate Driving your vehicle In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Up In sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R
245. icle in a haz ardous location When you must make such an emergency stop ao pull off the road as far as pos sible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the igni tion switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100APB Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged if the lights are left in the ON position The system automati cally turns off the parking lights when the driver turns off the engine and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driv er parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver s side door If necessary to keep the parking lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights remain on for approximately 5 min utes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi tion However if the driver s door and tailgate is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressin
246. ied in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced G050700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con tact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage G050800AUN Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced G050900AUN Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range G051000AHM Valve clearance if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation G051100AHM Cooling system Check the cooling system compo nents such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts G051200AUN
247. ile 10 Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 11 Displays menus for the current mode 3 amp iPod List Move to parent category 12 G TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPode My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right 3 When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus ECOUTER AOR ARRA LIE ee eee eee CICER Features of your vehicle 13 Go to previous depth no previous screen 14 When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD 15 Radio Mode SIRIUS XM RADIO Category Search MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search Audio Head Unit For NON BT model 16 Changes to FM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 gt FM2 FMA 17 Changes to AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of AM AMA Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes Con Cot 5 selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or MEYS key to display the mode Press the key gt Select Display change pop up screen through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Me
248. in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently oO ate teeter al What to do in an emergenc CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Only use a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a verti cal angle Always pull straight ahead OXM069009 Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 feet long Attach a white or red cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loose during towing What
249. ine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown f the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key The side with the lock button should contact the engine start stop button directly When you press the engine start stop button directly with the smart key the smart key should contact the but ton at a right angle De eee ee ee eee ee RAAR AAR A R ee eee ee eee eee ee ee EE EM EE RAR A eee eee ee Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED The shift lever can be moved without pulling the R knob 1 The R knob 1 must be pulled up while moving the shift lever V OSLO050008L E050000AUN E050100BUN C1 Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully syn chronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished Press the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The gearshift lever
250. ing the halfway If the upward movement of the win Position on the power window switch dow is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared The distance may vary based on the size or position of the window If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2 5 cm 1 in Features of your vehicle D080104AAM Power window lock button The driver can disable the power window switches on the front and rear passengers doors by pressing the power window lock switch to lock position pressed When the power window lock switch is pressed the driver s master con trol cannot operate the front and rear passengers power windows CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle HOOD OLM049025 m Deen 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise 3 Pull out the support rod from the Opening the hood the hood slightly pull the second
251. ing time This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meter s working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed or after the engine stops and 2 hours elapsed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 m Type A W Type B OSL040208C OSL044208N Outside thermometer if equipped This mode indicates the outside tem perature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 C to 80 C 40 F to 176 F To change the outside temperature display unit C lt F For Type A Press the RESET button more than 1 second in this mode For Type B Press the reset button 5 times and then press TRIP button 5 times within 10seconds The outside temperature on the display may not change immedi ately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inat tentive Features of your vehicle D150300AAM Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the park ing brak
252. io CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued Features of your vehicle Continued If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by log ical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are rec ognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory read ers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data
253. ion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes C1 Gece doe Soca Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly Even with the anti lock brake sys tem your vehicle still requires suf ficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light goes off then your
254. ion before using this device Do not oper ate the audio system for long periods of time with the igni tion turned off as such opera tions may lead to battery dis charge Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause dam age to the LCD or touch screen Continued Continued When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the device and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materi als chemical cloths or sol vents alcohol benzene thin ners eic as such materials may damage the device panel or cause color quality deterio ration Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction In case of product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system with in an electromagnetic environ ment may result in noise inter ference Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause dam age or discoloration Features of your vehicle USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehicle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or
255. irected to the side window defrosters OSL040073 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel If equipped Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle OSL040074 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air If you select the NG the air condi tioning and the recirculated air posi tion will be selected automatically OSL040075 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion press the control button Recirculated air position ks With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Features of your vehicle Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air cond
256. irements icy 09 99 9995 1 3 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Do not use methanol eee 1 4 e Euel Additives sees de seus esses 1 5 e Operation in foreign countries sees 1 5 Vehicle handling instructions 1 6 Vehicle break in process Lees 1 6 Introduction I HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000AAM We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manual These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should car
257. irror the ignition switch should be in the ACC position Move the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mir ror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center posi tion to prevent inadvertent adjustment Features of your vehicle CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position However to prevent unnecessary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running VENTES Z OSL040029 In case it is an electric type out D140202AHM EU Electric type if equipped side rearview mirror don t fold it Folding the outside rearview mir To fold the outside rearview mirror PY hand It could cause motor ror press the button failure Manual type if equipped To unfold it press the button again To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER B Type A TRIP A 2489 4 m Average Spee 64 ue E T 23 47 5 rm 12 F 324025 mi 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Fuel gau
258. irt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged Do not leave the roller blind closed while the sunroof is opened Do not extend the face neck arms or body outside the sunroof while driving Features of your vehicle OXM049031N Roller blind The roller blinds are installed inside of the sunroof and glass roof Open or close the roller blind manu ally using the handle 1 when you need to Before opening or closing the sun roof open the roller blind A CAUTION Roller blind Operation of ihe roller blind without using the handle 1 may cause misalignment or malfunction NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material characteristic Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the roller blind 3 Close the sunroof 4 Release the sunroof control lever 5 Push the sunroof control lever for ward in the direction of close about 10 seconds until the sun roof is moved a little Then release the lever 6 Push the sunroof control lever for ward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE Then releas
259. ition switch is in the ON position Sunroof open warning chime if equipped If the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door when the sunroof is not fully closed the warn ing chime will sound for approximate ly 7 seconds Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle NOTICE n cold and wet climates the sun roof may not work properly due to freezing conditions After a vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it CAUTION Sunroof con trol e Do not continue to pull or push the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or sys tem components could occur Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle If the sunroof is open rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interi or as well as cause theft NOTICE The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in the slide position but can be slid while in a tilt position Features of your vehicle ml OSLO40023 Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sun roof open the roller blind refer to the following page for instructions on how to use the roller blind To open or close the sunroof manu al slide feature pull or push the sun roof control lever backward or for ward to the first detent position Pulling the control
260. itioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the pas senger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment OSL040076 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan Features of your vehicle OSL043305 To turn off the blowers To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 posi tion OSL040077 Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys tem off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the 774 position 2 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the 44 position 2 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position
261. ity and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determin ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage com partments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of the air bag inflation is a conse quence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle struc tures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of the air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and bro ken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel or passenger air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag Co Wunstssceind Safety features of your vehicle C040902AUN Noise and smoke
262. ively 5 When adding coolant use only deionizes water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An inproper coolant mixture can result in serious maifunction or engine damage Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 Front brake disc pads calipers l l l l l l l Rear brake disc pads l l l l l l Parking brake l l l l Exhaust pipes heat shield amp mountings Front suspension ball jonts Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Drive shaft dust boots All latch hinges and locks Battery condition Maintenance r NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 6 12 18 24 30
263. ivers view behind the vehicle CAUTION Cleaning mir ror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Sensor OXM049035 Sensor OSL040240L To operate the electric rearview mir ror The mirror defaults to the ON posi tion whenever the ignition switch is turned on Features of your vehicle Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion on The mirror indicator light will illuminate If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the rear window the electric rearview mirror may not work properly SS TST TST Iu o 0 OHD046025N Electric chromic mirror with homelink system if equipped To operate the electric rearview mir ror Press the button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Press the O button 2 to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off Glare detection sensor Indicator light Homelinke buttons OHD046305N HomeLink Wireless Control System Your new mirror comes with an inte grated HomeLink Universal Transceiver which allows you to pro gram the
264. k button note steps 2 through 4 in the Programming portion of this text while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequen cy signal has been learned The indi cator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Accessories If you would like additional informa tion on the HomeLink9 Wireless Control System HomeLink compat ible products or to purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink Lighting Package please contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation The HomeLink transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment IC 4112104541A Gentex MODEL FCC ID NZLSTDHL3 D140200AHM EU Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remo
265. ke linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Hecommended lubri cants and capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible CAUTION Proper Fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch system CAUTION Brake Clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Maintenance WASHER FLUID gt OSL074104N G120100AUN C1 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer f
266. kle your seat belt For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment A WARNING Check sur rounding Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for peo ple especially children before putting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse A WARNING Driving while intoxicated Do not drive while intoxicated Drinking and driving is danger ous Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influ ence of drugs including certain prescription drugs is as danger ous as or more dangerous than driving drunk A WARNING Loose object Securely store items in your vehicle When you make a sud den stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident A WARNING Fire risk When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause a fire Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS IF EQUIPPED OSL050001 Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the
267. km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire What to do in an emergency Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than o
268. ks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Features of your vehicle SIRIUS XM RADIO Using SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIR IUS XM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 140 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIR IUS XM Customer Care at 1 866 528 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel K If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SCAN Press the key gt SSB Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each X Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency K If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category
269. kshaft Position Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oil Control Valve SENSOR 1MPI engine 105 1 2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve Immobilizer Module Crankshaft Position Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oil Control Valve SENSOR 1 T GDI engine 10A 1 2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve RCV ECU 1 20A Ignition Coil 1 4 Condenser ECU 30A Engine Control Relay Maintenance E APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label CAUTION Headlight lens To prevent damage do not clean headlight lens with chem ical solvents or strong deter gents G230102BUN Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar d
270. l Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Se eee ee eee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee RR eer Cee eee eee Features of your vehicle Audio CD commands Commands available during Audio CD operation Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen tial order Repeat Repeats the current track Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen tial order Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur ing USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Random Randomly plays the files within the current folder Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in t
271. l 10W 30 GDI engine For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis cosity chart Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN Frame number H010000AAM The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger seat To check the number open the carpet flap VIN Label OENO86004N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OLM089002N H020000AUN The vehicle certification label attached on the driver s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN COEPERIT IEEE LI LIII EIE EI III LI CELL I EI LEE Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL OLM089008N H030000APB The tires supplied on your new vehi cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle
272. l History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History Features of your vehicle Contacts Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your device authorization upon attempt Bluetoothe Wireless Technology ing to download contacts If down phone can be downloaded into the loading does not normally occur Press the key Select car contacts Contacts that have check the Bluetoothe Wireless Contacts been downloaded to the car cannot Technology device settings or the be edited or deleted on the phone Screen state e Mobile phone contacts are man The contacts download feature may aged separately for each paired not be supported in some mobile Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phones For more information of device max 5 devices x 1 000 con supported Bluetooth devices and tacts each Previously downloaded function support refer to your The list of saved phone book entries data is maintained even if the phone s user manual is displayed Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been disconnected However the contacts and call his NOTE tory saved to the phone will be Find a contact in an alphabetical deleted if a paired phone is delet order press the key ed It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the sta tus bar e t is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con
273. l doors and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once D020102BHM EU Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked After pressing this button the doors and tailgate will be locked automat ically unless you open any door with in 30 seconds 2 stage unlocking may be disabled or re enabled by simultaneously press ing the Lock 1 and Unlock 2 but ton for 4 seconds disabling 2 stage unlock allows all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously The hazard warning lights will blink 4 times to indicate that 2 stage unlock was enabled or disabled D020105AHM Alarm 3 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 sec onds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter See eee ee ee MEME ee eee EE EMEN EE EE ES EM E EE E EE EDEN ENSEM EE eee eee MEE TEEq meamm EE EE EE EE Features of your vehicle D020200AAM EU Transmitter precautions The transmitter will not work if any of the following occurs The ignition key is in the ignition switch You
274. l parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set A WARNING Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode A WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks A WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to A WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehicle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poi sonous and highly corrosive rupture or explode See eee eee ee ee ee RAR AAR A ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee Cee EE EE What to do in an emergency F040101ASA Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative termi nal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to
275. l steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gra dient or incline Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light 8 remains on the instrument cluster EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster Driving your vehicle VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light 2 or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked NOTICE The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have dif ferent friction forces The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only It is the respon sibility of the driver to always c
276. lated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit Ty anil OVQ036018N Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly reduced by such under ride colli sions 1VQA2091 Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate in a rollover when itis detected by the rollover sensor 1VQA2092 Air bags may not inflate if the ve
277. lays the Call History screen Features of your vehicle Command Function FM Preset 1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency SIRIUS XM When currently listening to the SIRIUS XM maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS XM screen SIRIUS XM Displays the selected SIRIUS XM screen Satellite 1 3 SIRIUS XM Plays the selected SIRIUS XM channel Channel 0 223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Command Function My Music Plays the music saved in My Music AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth device Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment Mute Mutes the sound Cancel Exit Ends voice command Features of your vehicle FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Comm
278. le the call is incoming 9 2 1 Caller Displays callers name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number incoming number Displays the Features of your vehicle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 2 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the con tact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key gt Select Call History A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Cal
279. lectronic stability control ESC 5 33 e Vehicle stability management VSM 5 37 e Hill start assist control HAC 5 39 Downhill brake control DBC 5 39 Cruise control system osses se esee eeose 1 lt 0 5 43 Active ECO System cer eesee erene rrr pes 5 47 Economical operation esee 5 48 Special driving conditions 5 50 e Hazardous driving conditions 5 50 e Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 50 Rocking the vehicle 55555 55 e usuris 5 51 sismpotbcornering soes eee ee eee nee 5 1 2 5 52 lt Driving at nieht cessor aae aeae ee eir ss 5 53 Driving in the rain 5 5 9 99 25 R 5 53 Driving in flooded areaSeee seese uea se ecee ees ese 5 54 Driving oik road oeoo eee sos S 5 54 s Highway driving 5 emeses os eoo ae eoan 92 5 54 Winter driving 05 e e E E E S 5 56 BEAU EVA WATS o ee E E E EE e 5 59 Vehicle load limit fuses eoe 5 67 e Tire and loading information label 5 67 Certification label mie neee eee e eee eee ee 5 70 Vehicle weight glossary 5 72 o Base curb weight oasen aee sea e e e LESSE 5 72 s Vehicle curb weight eee eneee e ee e Ee 5 72 ex amp arsowelpht oe 25 7 E E EE 5 72 GAW Gross axle weight eee 5 72 e GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 72 e GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 72 e GVWR Gro
280. lls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Dial Number Display the Dial number screen After saying Ex Call John Smith this command you can say the number that Call Name Calls Name to the number that is saved as VouWant to call on Mobile Mobile in Contacts Redial Connects the most recently called number Ex Call John Smith on Mobile Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth connections in Office Office in Contacts When listening to the radio displays the next Ex Call John Smith in Office radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 Call Name Calls Name to the number that is saved as SAT2SAT3 FM1 at Home Home in Contacts Radio When listening to a different mode displays Ex Call John Smith at Home the most recently played radio screen Call Name Calls Name to the number that is saved as When currently listening to the FM radio on Other Other in Contacts maintains the current state Ex Call John Smith on Other When listening to a different mode displays Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com the most recently played FM screen Viet d ae pa un s FM1 FM One Displays the FM1 screen avorites Call History Contacts or Dia Number execute corresponding functions FM2 FM Two Displays the FM2 screen Favorites Display the Favorite screen AM Displays the AM screen Call History Disp
281. looded areas 0 5 54 Driving in the 3n ii 2m GR Re Ret 5 53 Driving oft road ses cs 22x DRE RS 5 54 Hazardous driving conditions 5 50 Highway drviBg iioieri BR BR S RR RES 5 54 Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 50 Rocking the vehicle 22er ge 5 51 Smooth cornering 0 0 0 0 00 esee 5 52 Steering wheel 1 25 pei shee ds ol REL 4 4 Electronic power steering EPS 4 41 FLEX Stebi caoga roe e E tee eds ERES 4 45 Heated steering wheel 0 4 42 EOFBU CS ih A Red Sa qu Sew hb meer eed 4 44 Tilt and telescoping steering 4 43 Storage compartments 002000 4 119 Center console storage llle ess 4 119 Glove box ad eec eee RR Re PER 4 119 Glove box cooling 00 0000 4 120 Luggage box eR thike penai 4 121 Sunglass holder secs 4 120 T Tatlgates s c ste ac S 4 24 Theft alarm system 00 00 eese 4 17 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Ines and wheels rossis oeiee dye tobe Siw ae REY 7 32 All Season ties cres obe epR PER es 7 44 I 6 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 33 Low aspect ratio tire llle ese 7 45 Radial ply tir s 2b oie preu ewes RR 7 43 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 32 SNOW UTES epu ERES amok dob Sp IER Ed 7 43 summer tires iad sd os esee ELO t 7 43 Tire Cate oues ec e
282. luid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing PARKING BRAKE UsH PUSH OFF OFF l Checking the parking brake Type A Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg 44 Ib 196 N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 4 5 notch See ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee Maintenance OSL050012 Type B Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 5 6 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N AIR CLEANER UJ OLMO079012 G160100AAM Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspect ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extreme ly dusty or sandy areas replace the element more often than the usual recomme
283. ly part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle s surface by moisture that evaporate slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion N utate as Maintenance ee High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moistu
284. ly search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file 3 The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone Features of your vehicle 7 E Preset Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected 8 EED Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off 3 Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 9 Radio Mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset E for5 seconds each k Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency 3 SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each K Press the key again to continue listening to the current song f
285. m is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF switch on the steer ing wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Features of your vehicle Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illuminate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged D150327AUN Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed KEY OUT indicator if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is m
286. mand When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using X Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts Do not use special characters e g Q uu n amp etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands L More Help em Here are some examples of mode commands Starting Voice Recognition You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod f Please say a command after Additionally there are phone commands like ns beep BEEP Beep Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s ore Help x gt g m
287. maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR E160600AUN GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers E160700AUN EU GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver s door sill What to do in an emergency Road WaT Gia ee ee eee e e e e ee e 6 2 Hazard warning flasher 0eeeeeeeee 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 If engine stalls while driving Ls 6 3 If the engine will not start eese 6 4 If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 Emergency starting seseo aeeoe ee 9 6 5 Jump star tint ee crete sere aE E ER ds 6 5 ei Push starting o E a 6 6 If the engine overheats e000 6 7 Iftyonjhaveaa flatitire 02952920 6 8 s PACK GANG tools miee eene ie clove ely sisti si seus eds Sedi stes 6 8 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 9 e Changing tires eee ees eee eee ee
288. mber Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been o9 Paired 2 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed
289. met 5 72 W Washer fluid os sick ERR PDREPXUP RI TeRPRY ee 7 23 MUndOoWS c eise RR RR Rt ERR ES 4 27 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 115 Winter driving ilek d ede s P Ie X ORIG LER A 5 56 Wiper blades co csc boh eR E dee ones aanee ne ES 7 26 Wipers and washers 00 0000 eiis 4 90
290. mining whether your garage is non rolling code or rolling code please refer to the garage door openers owner s manu al or contact HomeLink customer service at 1 800 355 3515 Features of your vehicle Flashing OHD046307N 2 Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the trans mitter while the transmitter is approximately 2 8 cm 1 to 3 inch es away from the mirror Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed 3 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal NOTICE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step 3 with the cycling procedure noted in the Canadian Programming section of this docu ment Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code equipped devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker amp easier 4 Locate the learn or smart button on the device s motor head unit Exact location and color of the but ton may vary by product brand If there is difficulty locating the learn or smart button reference th
291. minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of opera tion Introduction r VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing These data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal
292. mirror to activate your garage door s estate gate home lighting etc The mirror actually learns the codes from your various existing transmitters Features of your vehicle Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchase It is also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehi cle the programmed HomeLink but tons be erased for security purposes follow step 1 in the Programming portion of this text Programming Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC posi tion for programming and or opera tion of HomeLink It is also recom mended that a new battery be replaced in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency Follow these steps to train your HomeLink mirror Flashing OHD046306N 1 When programming the buttons for the first time press and hold the left and center buttons A simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash after approxi mately 20 seconds This proce dure erases the factory set default codes Do not perform this step to program additional hand held transmitters NOTICE For non rolling code garage door openers follow steps 2 3 For rolling code garage door open ers follow steps 2 6 For Canadian Programming please follow the Canadian Programming section For help with deter
293. mmed but tons individual buttons cannot be erased Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds HomeLink is now in the train or learning mode and can be pro grammed at any time Features of your vehicle Reprogramming a HomeLink button To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds posi tion the hand held transmitter 2 8 cm 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held trans mitter button or press and cycle as described in Canadian Programming above 4 The HomeLink9 indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be acti vated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed This procedure will not affect any other pro grammed HomeLink buttons single Gate operator programming amp canadian programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the HomeLin
294. mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the Q TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order 3 Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key gt Set S Info through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set 4 Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set S Del AII through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set amp Del Sel through the TUNE knob or BK key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list Features of your vehicle After selecting press key and select the delete menu My Music Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be stored The same song can be
295. move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OSL040021 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull up the fuel filler lid opener 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks once 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is secure ly closed NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise near the refueling hole while the engine is idling if the fuel cap is not closed securely This occurs normal ly with the OBD system Features of your vehicle D100300AAM EU A WARNING Refueling Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap If pressurized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks once otherwise the Check Engine light will illuminate Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident A WARNING Fire explo sion risk Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facili ty Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or deat
296. n All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off random Changing Song File While song file is MA NE Key Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing While song key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing BS key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off 3 The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing gg Folder Up key Searches the next folder While file is playing ETSI Folder Down key Searches the parent folder K If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X n iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob selected song file Plays Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key gt Set D
297. n Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunder storms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio service SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is a sub scription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installa tion in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS XM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer con nected to the Internet U S cus tomers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS XM at 1 866 528 7474 NOTE SiriusXM service requires a sub scription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to contin ue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatical ly renew and bill at then current rates until you call Sirius XM at 1 866 528 7474 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www si
298. n the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain for ward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls Safety features of your vehicle If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These condi tions are normal and are non toxic the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position n Orn If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds or blinks when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is start ed comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia deal er NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition switch Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate PASSENGER AIR BAG
299. n the area of 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the front outside door handle other people can also open the door with out possession of the smart key D040103AHM Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automatically D040104AHM Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 D040300AHM Smart key precautions f you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and con tact an authorized Kia dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should imme diately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to pro tect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of the following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellu lar phone Another vehicles smart key is being operated close to y
300. n button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows m o We eee m Tod TNT Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system Features of your vehicle Face Level Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Floor Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters E E OSL040082 Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OSL040073 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel If equipped Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle OSL040083 Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by turning the knob to the extreme right The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by turning the knob to the ext
301. n may result in serious engine or transaxle damage 2WD 2 Wheel drive When towing a trailer be sure to con AWD 4 Wheel drive sult an authorized Kia dealer for fur her information on additional require coe pdt pne as a towing kit dics To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted tow ing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consid erations that have to do with weight Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM E140601AUN Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed alti tude road grades outside tempera ture and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle es e Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM E140602AEN Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross v
302. nce a year Clean the body and door drain holes Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate the automat ic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals Check the brake clutch fluid level Maintenance n o c hBHERNNNNNNNNENENEEER NNI NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both kilometrage and time are shown the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 Engine oil and oil filter GDI engine Replace every 12 000 km or 12 months At first replace at 5 000 km or 6 months after that every 8 000 km or 6 months Add fuel additive 1 Add every 12 000 km or 12 months Fuel filter 2 l l l l E
303. ncovered and has a clear view of the sky E Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cate gory list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the Q TUNE knob Press the key gt Select DInfo through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt CD MP3 gt lt My Music gt X The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing EE RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing AD RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen Random press the key Plays all songs in random order Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the c
304. nded intervals CAUTION Air filter maintenance Do not drive with the air clean er removed this will result in excessive engine wear When removing the air cleaner filler be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor Maintenance _ 9 94898EEqL4z _L 4L CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the mainte nance schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the fol lowing procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other components See eee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee CeCe eee Cee Ce eee Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter can reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the win dow and the
305. nder control in these conditions is always the driver s responsibility for the safety of him her self and his or her passengers If the 4WD system warning light J illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Tight corner brake effect Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tire rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and suspension Sharp turns at low speeds should be carried out with caution Driving your vehicle Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description e When driving in 4WD AUTO mode the vehicle operates sim ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating Xx conditions However if the system determines that there is a 4WD AUTO H5 need for the 4WD mode the engine s driving power is dis pius uc LOCK tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter eactivate vention Indicator light is z ed When driving on normal roads and pavement the vehicle moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades T7 off road driving driving on sandy and muddy roads etc to n maximize traction 4WD LOCK This mode automatically begins to
306. ndicator D if equipped a gt This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on D150307AHM Engine oil pressure warning light E7 This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driving 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle CAUTION Engine dam age If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illumi nated and stays on while the engine is running serious engine damage may result D150308AHM EE Parking brake amp brake O fluid warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON posi tion The warning light should go off after a few seconds when the park ing brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do n
307. ne compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc Jack label 1 Model Name E Example 2 Maximum allowable load LJ Wigs 3 When using the jack set your parking brake 4 When using the jack stop the engine 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under the frame OHYK064001 7 When supporting the vehicle the Model 09 amp w B poral CB Ga e AS gt oN MA OOWWAAAA aunjoeynuew jo 31v oo Wo LTD W Type B MAX WEIGHT ooookgloooo Ib USE ONLY TO SPECIFIED CAR AIS RISO NBR 2 CARGA MAXIMA ooookgloooo Ib USELO SOLO PARA EL VEHICULO ESPECIFICADO e aKCMMBIIBHaHMCIODnb3OB8Tb TO IbBKO ANA TFPy3O0nODbeMHOCTb 0000KF NAHHOr O aBTOMODM IR ei Xi ooookg oooolb 38 AF Jl XE SE e dh 0000 gS coco eal coy Barna all ali ors 9 igttute T 1a rimi LESIE ES 1 EES TE EEEE TT ES LOE TEE TIG STEE E a ipot eet oss 34 pur sinou lerep jeun ne tuan base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmis sion 9 The jack should be used on firm level ground oHYK0e4000 10 Jack manufacture 3 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For 11 Production d
308. ned in the rear seat If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is con nected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator will not illuminate and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag OSL030037 d OSL030038 C040400AAM EU Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position The indication of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the drivers and front passeng
309. ng the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them A CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Maintenance G230202AUN Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant prop erties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resist ant properties G230203AUN Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild so
310. ng and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED OSLO50004 Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed It will also go off immediately when the theft alarm system is armed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button
311. ng children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent C020305AAM Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position ow Usecigeoeced Safety features of your vehicle C020400AEN Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse C020401AEN Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible C020402AUN Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric C020403ASA When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an a
312. ng speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph OSL050030L E090700AUN KM To turn cruise control off do one of the following Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control opera tion repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the pre vious page Driving your vehicle wm M OSL050017 Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling certain engine and transaxle system operating parameters Fuel efficiency depends on the driver s driving habit and road condition When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED When the Active ECO is activated it will remain on until the Active ECO button is pressed again Active ECO does not turn off when the engine is restarted To turn off Active ECO press the Active ECO button again f Active ECO is turned off the sys tem will return to normal mode When Active ECO is activated The acceleration may slightly be reduced eventhough you depress
313. ng sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal System operation characteristic Outside air Recirculated Heater core Evaporator core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accu mulation on the inside of the wind shield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens inspect and replace the cli mate control air filter Refer to cli mate control air filter in section 7 Climate control air filter Features of your vehicle If you re unsure about replacing pro cedure have it done by an author ized Kia dealer NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the
314. ngine oil and oil filter T GDI engine Fuel tank cap canister fuel line fuel hoses connections vapor hose Fuel tank air filer CCV filter 2 l l l 1 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives ars available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric tion surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of mainte nance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Maintenance Sg a H A a LL NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace or change Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM i Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 Vaccum hoses l l l l l l l Air cleaner element l l l R R l l l R Spark plugs GDI engine Spark plugs T GDI engine R
315. nition switch is turned ON but should go off after approxi mately 3 seconds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operat ing If this indicator illuminates and stays on the ESC may have malfunc tioned Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked A di aio is dis c ii ob Sa di i i A Features of your vehicle D150324AAM EU ESC OFF indicator OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated DBC Downhill brake control indicator if equipped e The DBC indicator will illuminate when the DBC button is pressed and the system is on When driving down a steep hill at a speed under 35 km h 22 mph the DBC will operate and the DBC indi cator will blink to indicate the DBC is operating If the red indicator illuminates the DBC system may have malfunc tioned Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked D150325AAM Cruise indicators CRUISE CRUISE indicator The indicator illuminates when the cruise control syste
316. nloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connect ed at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are supported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio fea tures such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes dis connected due to being out of com munication range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communica tion error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and recon nected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon reset ting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the system will be restored Features of your vehicle After pairing is complete a con Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the tacts download request
317. ns Specific design characteristics give them a high er center of gravity than ordinary vehi cles An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as con ventional passenger vehicles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly rec ommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wear ing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Driving your vehicle E170600AHM E110200AAM EU Rocking the vehicle CAUTION Vehicle rock If it is necessary to rock the vehicle ang to free it from snow sand or mud Prolonged rocking may cause first turn the steering wheel right and engine overheating transaxle left to clear the area around your damage or failure and tire dam front wheels Then shift back and age forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as pos sible I
318. nt and human health Dispose the battery according to your local laws or regulations Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OXMA043316 Q D040000AHM With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink and chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked However if any door or tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights will not operate But if all doors and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once D020102BHM EU Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink and chime sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and chime sounds twice again to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked After pressing this button the doors and tailgate will be locked automat ically unless you open any door with in 30 seconds 2 stage unlocking may be disabled or re enabled by simultaneously pre
319. nt the shift lever should be posi tioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear OLM059015 Releasing the parking brake Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position See eee ee eee NEN eee ee EE EE EE EE Em EE Rs EEE ERE EE MEE eee eee ee ee EE EE mE EE Emma EE EE Driving your vehicle OSL050014 E070202AFD U1 Hand type To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button W 75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is nec essary Driving your vehicle If at all possible cease driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use
320. nt to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang ing your vehicle s frame bumper sys tem front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the oper ation of your vehicle s air bag sys tem OSL034051 C041200AUN EU Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Se eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ERES E ME ERES EE EDEN ENSE SEE mM EEM PEE EE EM EE mmm mE Cee EE EE EE Features of your vehicle Keys eee in E E SES 4 3 Record your key number leues 4 3 esKey operations 5 999999 99991 5 5 E 4 3 Remote keylessientry seere eee e aea eea E sss 4 7 e Remote keyless entry system operations 4 7 Transmitter precautions eee 4 8 Battery replacement neeese cea 9 29 4 9 Smart Key Sa AE E T ie eS 4 11 eiSmart key UNCHONS 56er rers 4 12 Smart key precautions cece eeeee 4 13 eBatteryereplacetment 05 steer eed 4 15 Theft alarm system sses 6 61056 eee er 0 0 8 e teres 4 17 tid onacodoncogodongonoogonDOdODDOO 4 19 e Outside the vehicle nee 57 9 9 92 4 19 inside the vehicle 27 5592 4 20 e Other door lock unlock features 4 22 e Child protector rear door lock 4 22 Maleate DOOR TODO QU RO TOO TO I EDO 4 24 AIDS UO
321. o operate the equipment Features of your vehicle OXM043005 D040500AHM Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for several years but if the smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to mois ture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 1 Remove the mechanical key 2 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 3 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 4 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal NOTICE Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static elec tricity If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some dam age or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an authorized Kia dealer An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local laws or regulations A dis aio i dis i iu a du ii i Sl Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle THEF
322. ocked the light will turn off if the switch is moved immediately If a door is ON The light stays on at all times opened with the ignition OFF The light stays off at all times switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continu ously Features of your vehicle OSL040058 Map lamp The light will turn on and off as below if the switch is pressed The light will turn off if the button is pressed again Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passen ger DOOR The light comes on when any door is opened or the ignition switch is turned OFF if equipped The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed or the ignition switch is turned OFF However if all doors are locked or the ignition switch is turned ON the light will turn off immediately Interior light welcome function if equipped When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and tailgate are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 sec onds if any of the below is per formed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock but
323. odule Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Audio Alternator BCM A C Control Module Telltale amp SBR Lamp IG2 A 10A BCM Smart Key Control Module IPS Control Module IG2 WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper ICM Relay Box Rear Wiper Relay IG2 B 10A Cluster lonizer A C Control Module Rain Sensor Sunroof Motor Electro Chromic Mirror E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay POWER OUTLET 2 20A Rear Power Outlet Front Power Outlet LH Front Cigarette Lighter A BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster A Bag IND SMART KEY 2 10A Smart Key Control Module WIPER FRT 25A ui CREE Switch Wiper E R Fuse amp Relay Box Front Wiper Low Relay POWER OUTLET 1 15A Front Power Outlet RH SMART KEY 1 10A BCM Smart Key Control Module ACC 10A Audio Amp Sunroof Control Module Power Outside Mirror Switch START 10A Burglar Alarm Relay With Burglar Alarm E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay W O Burglar Alarm amp Smart Key Smart Key Control Module W O Burglar Alarm amp With Smart Key MODULE IG1 10A EPS Control Module ATM Shift Lever ILL 4WD ECM Stop Lamp Switch IPS Control Module IG1 UH BOX 20A E R Fuse amp Relay Box ECU 2 7 5A ABS 7 5A TCU 2 7 5A Maintenance _ _ _ SSS eee Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component BCM Map Lamp Room Lamp Driver Passenger Vanity Lamp Electro Chromic Mirror ROOM LP 10A Luggage Lamp Ignition Key
324. of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal E070102AHM Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Driving your vehicle eusH PUSH OF OFF OLM059014 Parking brake Applying the parking brake Foot type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible OSL050012 E070201AFD SA Hand type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradi e
325. og light Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor D190900AUN EU Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions and it is especial ly helpful after dawn and before sun set The DRL system will make the day time running lights turn OFF when 1 The headlights are ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops A deis ao is i ci iu oh dis imb Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer OXM049231L OAM049048N D200000AAM EE A Wiper speed control D Rear wiper control MIST Single wipe ON Continuous wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe INT Intermittent wipe OFF Off AUTO Auto control wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed E Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped B Intermittent wipe time adjust ment C Wash with brief wipes front D200100AAM F
326. oling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer 99 Gee tee ee sel What to do in an emergency J IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE OSL060004 F070100AEN Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench F070101AAM Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle complete ly off the road and onto the shoul der before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on a firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing service company for assis tance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehi cle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse or
327. olonged time while the engine is not running Features of your vehicle OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the nor mal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 D190600AUN U1 Turn signals and lane change signals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position Features of your vehicle To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replace ment One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn sig nal lever slightly for less than 1 5 second and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit OAMO049046N D190700AAM EU Front f
328. on this indi cates that the ABS may have mal functioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be opera tional but without the assistance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribu A O tion EBD sys BRAKE tem warning light If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving the ABS and EBD system may have mal functioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work Also the EPS warning light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle D150304AHM EU U1 Seat belt warning amp As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink until the 6 sec onds are up T
329. on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation N PEPEN AEP Maintenance S NOTICE If you connect unauthorized elec tronic devices to the battery the bat tery may be discharged Never use unauthorized devices G190200AUN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery f the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main Switch 2
330. onditioning system if 2 Broni SAE IGE defroster button 6 Temperature control knob equipped on 3 Air conditioning button 7 Mode selection button if equipped 4 Air intake control button 3 The actual control panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OSL040070 Features of your vehicle OSL040071 Mode selection The mode selection buttons control the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Five symbols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position if equipped OSL044072 Se ee eee ee ee MEME ee eee EE EMEN EE EE ee eee eee eee eee ee mE eee CeCe eee EE Features of your vehicle Face Level B D F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air d
331. ot drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate prop erly Have the vehicle towed to any authorized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys tems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system work ing If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for addi tional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion A penc Se esd es all Features of your vehicle D150312AAM Shift pattern indicator D if equipped This indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift position is selected Manual m Type A m Type B transaxle shift indicator S 6 alv if equipped This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example A3 Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear wi Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired current l
332. our vehicle A di aio i di di iuh ab d di in d A Features of your vehicle When the smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer If the smart key is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices A CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority t
333. our vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working E140401AUN Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sud den turns E140402AUN Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trail er And because of the increased vehicle length you l need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Due to the added load to the engine when going uphill the vehicle may also take longer to pass than it would on flat ground E140403AUN Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you E140404AUN Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects near the edge of the road Avoid jerky or sudden maneu vers Signal well in a
334. our vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle De ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee EE EM EE Cee eee eee EE EE EE Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY E160000AUN This section will guide you in the prop er loading of your vehicle and or trail er to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design perform ance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label E160100AUN Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment E160200AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment E160400AUN GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E160500AUN GAWR Gross axle weight rat ing This is the
335. oving 4WD system warning light if equipped d When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD indicator will illuminate and then go off in a few seconds If the 4WD system warning light illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Se eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee RR eee Cee eee Features of your vehicle 4WD LOCK indicator f if equipped Fu LOCK The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illu minated when the 4WD LOCK button is pushed The purpose of this 4WD LOCK mode is to increase the drive power when driving on wet pave ment snow covered roads and or off road The 4WD LOCK indicator light is turned off by pushing the but ton again CAUTION 4WD lock mode Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on dry paved roads or highway it can cause noise vibration or damage of 4WD related parts LCD display warning if equipped Key not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP but ton in the ACC ON or START posi tion the warning illuminates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the EN
336. pect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascals kPa or pounds per square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressu
337. per operation may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology and USB only sup port iPode mode because the sound may not be properly played in Bluetooth Audio Streaming To use Bluetooth Audio Streaming disconnect iPod cable with iPhone Continued Continued When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the connector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted completely communications between iPode and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPode and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the qual ity of the sound Deactivate turn off the equaliz er function of an iPode when adjusting the audio system s vol ume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Before Using the Bluetoo
338. plement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough roa
339. position are not selected automatically press the correspon ding button manually pen See ee eee ee oe ee RAR RAR eee EE Em EE Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air and air con ditioning will be selected automati cally If the air conditioning is not selected automatically press the correspon ding button manually Automatic climate control sys tem To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on accord ing to the detected ambient tem perature If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatically adjust the correspon ding button manually If the t posi tion is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle OSL040092 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button tt 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on accord ing to the detected ambient tem perature
340. pped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or kiled than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning High speed cornering and turning increase the risk of vehicle rollover Rollover accidents are violent and unpredictable Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Button ZA To shift depress the brake pedal and press the button when the ignition switch is in the ON position Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OSLO50009L E060000AAM EU E060100AAM EU Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt
341. pt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to Gaia gt System gt Prompt Feedback For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for all contacts e g use Jacob Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgft 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk ampersand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Features of your vehicle Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice comman
342. r sittoh one sides of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not change according to the occupants posture after the vehi cle has been running for 30 seconds Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrai
343. rdware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving OSL040013 D070200AAM Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched Make sure your hands feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tail gate Features of your vehicle CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tailgate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may dam age the tailgate s latch OSL040014 D070300AHM Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadver tently locked in the cargo area the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle WINDOWS DO80000AUN 1 Drivers door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power window switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Driver s window 7 Power window lock switch if equipped In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Se eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ISI LI LIII EIE EET LL LI CELL ISI Ce eee Features of your vehicle D080100AAM Power windows
344. re The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Maintenance SS Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indic
345. re can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate rials This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the fol lowing Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important f you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accel
346. reeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish C1 EPEE Driving your vehicle E120800AAM Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake E120900AHM Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed E121000ASA Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment
347. reme left When turning the knob the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature setting the air condi tioning will operate continuously OSL040084 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side tem perature individually Also if the passenger side temperature con trol switch is operated it will auto matically change to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature con trol to adjust the driver side tem perature Operate the right temper ature control to adjust the passen ger side temperature Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deactivate DUAL mode The pas senger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side tempera ture control switch The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally Features of your vehicle Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows While pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade OSL040085 Air intake control
348. requencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possible When using a communication sys tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a sepa rate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle Caring for disc Ifthe temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows to venti late before using the system It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged hold CDs by the edges or the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper Make certain only CDs are insert ed into the CD pl
349. resulting from a side impact collision Also the side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sen sor Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal col lisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollovers But they may inflate in other type of colli sions or similar rollover situations including when the vehicle is tilted such as being towed if the side impact sensors or rollover sensor detect a sufficient impact or rollover If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1VQA2086 C040802AUN Air bag non inflation conditions In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions Co Wunstesconsd Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inf
350. reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Cruise indicator 2 Cruise set indicator E090000AAM EU The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without pressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on acciden tally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow cov ered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approx imately 3 seconds The delay is normal To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the
351. riate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse dis connect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indicates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and imme diately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade lype for lower amperage rating car tridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items Maintenance CAUTION Fuse fire e When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with AY d 7 OLMO079021 bolts or nuts The fuses relays G210100AAM 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight ane pyar Mind E Me Inner panel fuse replacement out Use the removal tool provided cause a pussibla fire If fuses lurn the ignition switch and all ioe Compartment Use relays and terminals
352. rity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side J Also both sides of the side impact Z ONEEN air bags deploy in certain rollover situations The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration afety features of your vehicle The side air bag is supplemental to the drivers and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a sub stitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation f seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia deal er Inform the dealer that your vehi cle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection For best protection from the side system air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fas tened The drivers hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passengers arms and hands should be placed on their laps N i OLM032311N The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration C040700AUN Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the fron
353. riusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limita tions Traffic information not available in all markets See sir iusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Features of your vehicle SIRIUS XM RADIO Using SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIR IUS XM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 140 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIR IUS XM Customer Care at 1 866 528 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next chan nel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previ ous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed
354. ront windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni tion switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation Features of your vehicle Se WS TES sd Rain sensor OXM049123 Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper inter val The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always set the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto activation during icy conditions which may damage the windshield wipers To vary the speed setting
355. rtainment pro gramming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are UE with a factory installed IRIUS XM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS XM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer con nected to the Internet U S cus tomers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS XM at 1 866 528 7474 NOTE SiriusXM service requires a sub scription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to contin ue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatical ly renew and bill at then current rates until you call Sirius XM at 1 866 528 7474 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www siriusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limita tions Traffic information not available in all markets See sir iusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademar
356. ry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abra sive cleaners acid detergents or strong detergents contain ing high alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration Maintenance VM G230103AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced G230104AUN Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound G230105ASA Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system
357. s 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 18 Rim diameter in inches 98 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX18 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 18 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance r OE Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 180 km h 112 mph T 190 km h 118 mph H 210 km h 130 mph V 240 km h 149 mph Z 240 km h Above 149 mph G201003AHM 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall poss
358. s and selects menus Features of your vehicle 13 Go to previous depth no previous screen 14 When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD 15 Radio Mode SIRIUS XM RADIO Category Search MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search Audio Head Unit For NON BT model 16 Changes to FM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 gt FM2 FMA 17 Changes to AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of AM AMA See eee ee eee eee ee ee eee ee eee EE MEME EE EE SEE MEE EE E EE EDEN eee eee eee eee ee Cee eee Cee EE mE EE Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes Con Cor 5 selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or MEYS key to display the mode Press the key gt Select Display change pop up screen through TUNE knob or key Select menu through 8 TUNE knob Faye Scroll Text Scroll gt Set Con YC Maintains scroll e Scrolls only one 1 time Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Sound through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings S
359. s injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle G200400AUN Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire SS a o o ER 9 S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped ES E3 n ES E3 CBGQO0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Do not use the
360. s are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station short distances from the station Also FM signals are eas ily affected by buildings mountains and obstructions This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears Station 2 1Mh JBM005 Station Swapping As an FM signal weakens another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio sig nals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close f
361. s for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator Lower Anchor OSL030027 Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Safety features of your vehicle Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no LATCH anchor pro vided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Safety features of your vehicle See
362. s manual 0 005 1 2 If the engine overheats ans creere tie riiet inona iNi 6 7 Index If the engine will not start 004 6 4 If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 If you have a flat tire 2 ee eee 6 8 Changing tress ics boa cbs pat cd ee de Gera REX as 6 9 Jack and tools san gerina RR ERES es 6 9 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 9 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If engine stalls while driving 6 3 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 Instrument Clusters sc skh cree dese ones aeons ee oh 4 57 cu ETE 4 58 Instrument panel illumination 4 58 Warnings and indicators 4 65 Instrument panel overview 00000 2 5 Interior features ocet secede ee RR RR es 4 122 Cargo security screen e siros siris ister tuni 4 126 Clothes hangers i ccs4053fsbdevad dour ee ekes 4 124 Cup Holder cscia duke suwksn does yey eee ioe es 4 122 Digital Clock ieoi itori eR DRE does 4 124 Floor mat anchors sss esee ess 4 125 Luggage net holder 00 4 126 Power outlets 1er vC b RERSERCUEPRESe RAS 4 123 SUDVISO chemie oeri S RE RP IRR RARE PEE S 4 122 Interior light zio beep ae ees Mek et oe hare 4 94 Glove box lamp
363. s or natural causes can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when carrying large flat items such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened OTROS III E I IIT EIE TII ILLI ILLI IEEE Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction OSL044412 Antenna Type A B Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals This antenna is removable To remove the roof antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the roof antenna turn it clockwise Type C Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise f not the antenna may be damaged When reinstalling your roof anten na it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the car
364. s sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs Se eee ee eee eee MESE ee eee ee EE EE EE EE MESE EE EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEE Eam EM eee eee mE MEE Em Cee eee What to do in an emergenc Wheels may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possi ble severe injury Before putting the wheel into place be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel such as mud tar gravel etc that pre vents with the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OLM069007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over
365. sXM service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SirilusXM service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 528 7474 to can cel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous United States D C and P R with coverage limitations SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more information Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Driving your vehicle Before driving se seese en o eene cce ee store 5 3 Key positions err ces ane ET 5 5 ei Starting the engine neccen meree senan SIS 5 6 Engine start stop button eese 5 8 Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button 5 8 e ENGINE START STOP button position 5 8 Manual transaxle eoe teo 5 12 e Manual transaxle operation seres 5 12 Automatic transaxle see 5 9 92 sis 5 15 e Automatic transaxle operation sees 5 15 Four wheel drive AWD eee 5 21 Brake syste nee ee eene eS 5 27 SHR OWED Drakes a eoe deenaa aa E E E E 5 27 Parking brake neee ee e ears isis 5 29 e Anti lock brake system ABS 5 31 E
366. sed slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not par tially engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline This causes unneces sary wear Use the foot brake or park ing brake to hold the car on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapid ly and repeatedly E050102AUN Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshift ing helps maintain safe speed and pro longs brake life ol Wunde cea Driving your vehicle E050200AUN C1 Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better control of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely sto
367. sed steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal N PEPE AE a Maintenance O_O G030103AHM At least monthly Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare G030104AHM At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts G030105AHM C1 At least o
368. so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid accel eration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently E120101AUN Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic ipal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle E120200AUN Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high qual ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cool ing system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling sys tem lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure
369. ss ing the Lock 1 and Unlock 2 but ton for 4 seconds disabling 2 stage unlock allows all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously The hazard warning lights will blink 4 times to indicate that 2 stage unlock was enabled or disabled A di aio i dio i duh ab s di iib i Features of your vehicle D020104AHM Tailgate unlock 3 The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked However after pressing this button the tailgate will lock automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automatically D020105AHM Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 sec onds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter OSL040006 D040100AHM Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details D040101BHM Locking Pressing the button of the front out side door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will
370. ss vehicle weight rating 5 72 Driving your vehicle E010000AUN EU Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mirror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up E020200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis at the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in section 7 Maintenance Driving your vehicle E020300AHM Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all con trols are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out Buc
371. stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming 9 2 1 Caller Displays callers name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number incoming number Displays the Features of your vehicle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 2 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key gt Select Call History A list of incoming
372. straint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the cargo area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Holding children Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child s height and weight Children Never leave children unattended in a vehicle The vehicle can heat up very quickly resulting in injuries to the child in the vehicle A WARNING Unattended A WARNING Seat belt use Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants After an accident have an author ized Kia dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor Rearward facing child restraint system C030100AHM EU Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required Safety features of your vehicle The child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we re
373. system including the parking brake lever or pedal and cables G051900AUN Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage G052000AUN Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks dete rioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten con nections or replace parts as neces sary G052100AUN Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque G052200AUN Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts G052400AUN Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease G052500AUN Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Maintenance ENGINE OIL GDI engine G060100AHM EU 5 Pull the dipstick out again and j 4 Checking the engine oil level check the level The level should be 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level between F and L ground 2 Start the
374. t is easy to access in case of an emer gency OEN036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratchet ing sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you can not the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preced ing seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of
375. t and rear doors Se eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee Cee eee Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occu pants in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The curtain air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side Also both sides of the curtain air bags deploy in certain rollover situ ations The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and pas sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or cur tain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any com ponents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle C040800AAM 1 a Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple imp
376. t becomes lighter driver selectable steering mode will in comfort mode not work Steering Mode Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D140100AHM Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear win dow OAM049023 D140101AHM Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Features of your vehicle D140102AHM EE C1 Electrochromic Mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automat ically controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving condi tions The sensor mounted in the mir ror senses the light level around the vehicle and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will auto matically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the dr
377. t spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Maintenance ee G200700BUN Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height G200800AHM Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehi
378. t unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than neces sary while the engine is not running Safety features of your vehicle OSL030006 Forward and backward Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position x OSL030007 Seatback angle Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OSL030008 Seat height for driver s seat Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Safety features of your vehicle OSL030009 Lumbar support for driver s seat The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the button OLM039303N C010104AHM Front headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a rear collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the
379. te switch The mirror heads can be fold ed back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehi cles when changing lanes A CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict the movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water Features of your vehicle If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radiator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not atiempt to adjust the OSL040027 outside rearview mirror by D140201AHM EE hand Doing so may damage Remote control the parts Electric type The electric remote control mirror Switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either m
380. ted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone gt Select Outgoing Volume Use Q TUNE knob to adjust the outgoing volume level While on a call the volume can be changed by using the Eom key Features of your vehicle Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the ind key gt Select Phone gt Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system eTo turn Bluetooth Wi Technology back on go to Phone and select Yes Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e f prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to Gaia gt System gt Prompt Feedback For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for all contacts e g use Jacob
381. th Handsfree What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short dis tance wireless networking technol ogy which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz frequency to connect var ious devices within a certain dis tance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and automotive environments Bluetooth allows data to be trans mitted at high speeds without hav ing to use a connector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the audio system Bluetooth Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Features of your vehicle Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv ing practices and result in acci dents Refrain from excessive operations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time When connecting a Bluetooth Phone Before connecting the
382. the parking space Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb right if headed downhill left if headed up hill 2 lf the vehicle has a manual transaxle place the car in neutral If the vehicle has an automatic transaxle place the car in P Park 3 Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle 4 Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the parking brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set C1 utat seca Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you Start your engine Shift into gear and Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks E140500AUN Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trail er Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil auto m
383. the sta tus bar e t is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempt ing to download contacts If down loading does not normally occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device settings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information of supported Bluetooth devices and function support refer to your phone s user manual Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The drivers primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle sys tems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used dur ing operation of the vehicle
384. the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recogni tion mode For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the driver s seat and maintain a proper position when saying commands Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heating device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system After downloading the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle The Bluetooth and Voice Recognition Manual is provided in two versions due to software version differences Before reading the manual check the following Press the key gt Select Phone 1 If you CAN find Audio Streaming menu
385. ther e g all weather rub a Hl ODMECO2034 Floor mat anchor s ber mat on top of a carpeted floor if equipped mat Only a single floormat should When using a floor mat on the floor Pe installed in each position carpet make sure it attaches to the IMPORTANT Your vehicle was floor mat anchor s in your vehicle manufactured with driver s side floor This keeps the floor mat from sliding Mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floormat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floormat designed for use in your vehicle be installed forward Features of your vehicle If necessary contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net A WARNING Luggage net Always keep your face and body out of the luggage net recoil path and avoid using the luggage net when the straps wA have visible signs of wear or ene OSL040113 damage The luggage net can snap and cause injuries Cargo security screen if equipped Use the cargo security screen to hide items stored in the cargo area D281000AHM Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net Features of your vehicle meer 051040117 CAUTION To use the cargo security screen When not in use place the cargo Since the cargo security screen pull th
386. time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Sa Pa g j amp la EE d d 5 g u E P 2 OSL070026 Instrument panel fuse panel The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items NOTICE 91959 3W033 OSL074201N Maintenance OLM079027N Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE 3 E Eee 8 umm popon The actual fuse relay panel label 1 2 4 1 may differ from equipped items femme ER USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLY m E BARBA ponie OSL074202N Maintenance 150A A OLM079053N USE THE CESIGNATED FLEE OLY USE SOLO LOS FLSELES Engine compartment fuse Mecca ten va e ORE panel ROEADXPSRWTEDM NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items OSL074103 N PEPE ANE E C1 Co Maintenance Sa EUN T Inner fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component POWER _ AUDIO 20A Audio CONNECTOR RF_ANT 7 5A RF Receiver A BAG 15A SRS Control Module Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor Telltale amp SBR Lamp S HEATER FRT 15A Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch S HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer LH RH A CON 7 5A A C Control Module Auto HTD MIRR 7 5A A C Control Module Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror CLUSTER 10A Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch Driver CCS Control M
387. tion When turned on for daily driving whenev replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your origi nal tires er possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving oo on a flat road surface OFF E ESC OFF indicator light E070503AAM EU Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating and illumi nates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button Driving your vehicle NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminated If the ESC is left on it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system opera tion Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coeffi cient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indicator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnorma
388. to do so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver A WARNING Rear seat backs Always lock the rear seatback before driving Failure to do so could result in passengers or objects being thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants WARNING Cargo Area Do not allow passengers to ride in the cargo area under any cir cumstance The cargo area is solely for the purpose of trans porting luggage or cargo A WARNING Luggage and Cargo Do not stack pile or stack lug gage or cargo higher than the seatback in the cargo area In an accident the cargo could strike and injury a passenger If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured in the cargo area A WARNING Unexpected seat movement After adjusting a manual seat always check that it is locked by shifting your weight to the front and back Sudden or unexpect ed movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle Safety features of your vehicle OSL030002 OSL030003 Front seat adjustment manual C010102AHM GOROTOd ALIM Seatback angle Forward and backward To recline the seatback To move the seat forward or backward benda and lift up the 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever SORIBSU TOCINO JONG up and hold it 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure 3 Release t
389. to prevent corrosion and freezing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 3596 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the following table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Antifreeze Water 15 C 5 F 35 65 25 C 13 F 40 60 85 C 31 F 50 50 45 C 49 F 60 40 Maintenance G070200AHM Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator OSL072007 Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID G080100AAM Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condition associated with the wear of the bra
390. ton is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed When the smart key is within 1m 40 in from the outside handle At this time if you press the door lock button the room lamp will turn off immediately ee eee ee eee ee MEME eee eee EE EMEN EE EE ESE E MM E EE EE EDEN ENSE MEME eee eee eee mE EE EUM mq Emm EE EE EE Features of your vehicle OSL040060 umm OSL040059 OSL040061 Luggage lamp if equipped Glove box lamp if equipped Vanity mirror lamp The luggage room lamp comes on The glove box lamp comes on when if equipped when the tailgate is opened the glove box is opened e A The lamp will turn on if this The parking lights or headlights must button is pressed be ON for the glove box lamp to func O The lamp will turn off if this tion button is pressed NOTICE Turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original position Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER 220000AUN CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate
391. turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may not play unau thenticated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static elec tricity when connecting or discon necting the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device format ted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in con tact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device Continued Continued You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore discon nect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Rad
392. ual the key then it returns to the ON transaxle or P Park for automatic position The brake warning light can transaxle set the parking brake fully be checked in this position and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken E030205AHM Driving your vehicle 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key It should be started without depress ing the accelerator 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided A CAUTION Starter If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still movi
393. uetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connect ed at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are supported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio fea tures such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes dis connected due to being out of com munication range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communica tion error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and recon nected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon reset ting Bluetooth Wireless
394. uivalent Transfer case oil 4WD 0 6 0 63 US qt REISER GEO abs BAS TV SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent Fuel 58 15 32 US gal Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 Specifications amp Consumer information 1040000AAM EU Recommended SAE viscosity When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recom mended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers important in dusty or sandy areas Temperature C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 and when the vehicle is used on P F 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 unpaved roads Cleaning the plug DOW EO and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Engine Oil a and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage T GDI engine TOW 20 5W 30 5W 40 Engine Oi
395. und twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After depressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the igni tion switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the sys tem will be disarmed if equipped If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Adjusting alarm system Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manu facturer warranty Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS n Unlock OSL044007 D050100AAM EU Operating door locks from outside the vehicle Turn the key clockwise to unlock and counterclockwise to lock If you lock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock auto matically From the driver s door turn the key to the right once to unlock the door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors Doors can also be locked and unlocked with
396. ur vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight ee eee ee eee ee eee ee Oe ee eee eee ee eee EE EM EE Cee eee eee ee eee Driving your vehicle E150200AUN Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger NOTICE Overloading y
397. ur wheel tester for a speedometer test as chassis dynamometer shown in the illustration A full time 4WD vehicle should not 3 Release the parking brake be tested on a 2WD roll tester Ifa 4 Place the rear wheels on the tem 2WD roll tester must be used per porary free roller as shown in the form the following illustration Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AHM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi cle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal C1 undas cee Driving your vehicle E070101AUN In the event
398. urrent fold er in random order iPode mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order MP3 CD USB ALL RDM on screen All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off random Changing Song File While song file is MA NE Key Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing While song key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing BS key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off 3 The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing gg Folder Up key Searches the next folder While file is playing ETSI Folder Down key Searches the parent folder K If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X n iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing 9 TUNE knob selected song file Plays
399. vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors includ ing speed road conditions and driv er steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in pre venting a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is function ing properly E070501AUN EU ESC operation ESC ON condition When the ignition is turned ON ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 sec onds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a problem Driving your vehicle When operating ee When the ESC is
400. washer pump do not oper ate the washer when the fluid ie ee ia ress eae reservoir is empty nents do not attempt to move the wipers manually eatures of your vehicle OAM049103N D200300AAM Rear window wiper and wash er switch if equipped The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation lt OXM049125 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHTS D210000AEN Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge DOOR The light comes on when any door is opened regard less of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The lt a light goes out gradually OxiM049132 after approximately 30 sec mna onds if the door is closed ON OFF DOOR D210200AAM EU Room lamp However if the ignition Switch is ON or all doors are The light will turn on and off as follw l
401. with the shift lever in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory START e Orange indicator With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off auto matically to prevent battery dis charge ON ux ENGINE START Wo Green indicator With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button X without depressing the brake pedal for auto matic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the ENGINE START STOP button changes as fol low OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC De eee ee ee ee eee ee oe ee ee ee eee ee eee RAA ee eee eee RAR A A RR Driving your vehicle NOTICE
402. y 10KHz OESTE eee III LI LIII EIE III ELI LI ELI ICI LII EE Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions D A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to GE keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio has over 140 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio channels visit sir ius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS XM at 1 866 528 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrai
403. y be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks of roots of trees Become familiar with the offroad conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving E110700AHM Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING E120000ASA Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions E120100AUN Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are need ed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do
404. y on your road experience in conventional 2WD vehicles in choosing safe cornering speed in 4WD mode For starters you must drive more slowly in 4WD Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions OXM059027N where you are going to drive before you begin driving f you need to drive in the water stop your vehicle set your transfer to the 4WD LOCK mode and drive at less than 8 km h 5 mph NOTICE Shorten your scheduled mainte nance interval if you drive in off road conditions such as sand mud or water see Maintenance under severe usage conditions in section 7 Always wash your vehicle thor oughly after off road use especial ly cleaning the bottom of the vehi cle A full time four wheel drive vehi cle cannot be towed by an ordi nary tow truck Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving A CAUTION Mud or snow Do not run the engine continu ously at high rmps to free the vehicle from snow or mud Doing so could damage the 4WD sys tem in your vehicle Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle Temporary free roller Roll tester speedometer _OXM059025 1 Check the tire pressures recom mended for your vehicle Full time 4WD vehicles must be 2 Place the front wheels on the roll tested on a special fo
405. y the shift lever is in the 4th gear NOTICE When the system is not working properly up amp down arrow indica tor and Gear are not displayed Features of your vehicle D150313AHM Charging system warn ing light This warning light indicates a mal function of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the gen erator drive belt for looseness or breakage 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible D150315AUN Tailgate open warning light ae This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any posi tion This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position D150316AUN Door ajar warning light D150318AHM Low fuel level warning light ry This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter A di aio i di di iuh hu ii ii i al Features of your vehicle Electric power steering EPS system warning light
406. ystem may not be activated correctly See eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ES ME EE E EE EDEN ENSE SEE RORA RAA EE Ce eee Cee EE EE EE Features of your vehicle This system will activate when the indicator on the rear parking assist OFF button is not illuminated If you desire to deactivate the Back up warning system press the rear parking assist OFF button The indicator on the button will illumi nate To turn the system on press the button again The indicator on the button will go off The sensing distance while the Back up warning system is in oper ation is approximately 120 cm 47 in When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the clos est one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 in to 32 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermit tently When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 in to 16 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more fre quently When an object is within 40 cm 15 in of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously Non operational conditions of Back up warning system The Back up warning system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the materi al is removed or the sensor is no longer block

2015 Sportage Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents